EIA/EMP of Mining of 110022 TPA Bauxite ROM in Lease Area 110.07 Ha at Survey No

EIA/EMP of Mining of 110022 TPA Bauxite ROM in Lease Area 110.07 Ha at Survey No. 275/P, Mota Balachod Village, Abdasa Taluka, District Kutch, Gujarat

NOVEMBER 2015

Kadam Environmental Consultants www.kadamenviro.com

Environment f or Development

M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED

EIA/EMP of Mining of 110022 TPA Bauxite ROM in Lease Area 110.07 Ha at Survey No. 275/P, Mota Balachod Village, Abdasa Taluka, District Kutch, Gujarat © Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’) November, 2015

This report is released for the use of the M/s. Orient Abrasives Limited, Regulators and relevant stakeholders solely as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided (unless attributed to referenced third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the written consent of Kadam.

QUALITY CONTROL

Name of EIA/EMP of Mining of 110022 TPA Bauxite ROM in Lease Area 110.07 Ha at Survey No. Publication 275/P, Mota Balachod Village, Abdasa Taluka, District Kutch, Gujarat

November Project Number 1520930106 Report No. 1.0 Version 1.0 Released 2015 DISCLAIMER Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. Kadam also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual situation.

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THIS REPORT

“I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed this Report”.

EIA Sector Number Name of Sector Mining of Minerals including opencast / underground 1 as per NABET as per NABET mining

EIA COORDINATOR

Name Dr. Dibyendu Banerjee Period of involvement From: February 2015- September 2015 Address: 871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Mobile No: +91 7698099111 Contact Information Vadodara, Gujarat - 390010 Landline No.: +91-265-3001-000 Team Member (Assisting Jayesh Makwana , Mitali Khuman EIA Coordinator)

FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS

Name of the Functional Areas Involvement (Period & Task**) Expert Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Air Pollution Tasks: Monitoring & Site visit, finalization of monitoring locations, checking air quality Dr. Dibeyendu Control (AP), Air data, evaluation of results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Banerjee (FAE) Quality Modeling (AAQM), supervision of air quality modeling and prediction, and Prediction (AQ) identification of impacts, suggestion and finalization of mitigation measures with client, and contribution to EIA documentation, Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Jessia Karia Site visit, Development of landuse maps of study area using GIS / Landuse (LU) (FAE) related tools, site visit for ground truth survey, finalization of landuse maps, contribution to EIA documentation Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Tasks: Site Visit, Finalization of sampling locations for surface water Water Pollution Sameer Kadam sampling, water balance for the project, evaluation of water (WP) (FAE) pollution control management, identification of impacts, suggestion and finalization of mitigation measures, contribution to EIA documentation Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Solid and Hazardous Tasks: Dr. Dibeyendu Waste Management Identification of waste generated from the industry, studying Banerjee (FAE) (SHW) adequacy of mitigation measures for management of hazardous waste, contribution to the EIA documentation

Name of the Functional Areas Involvement (Period & Task**) Expert Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Risk and Hazards Jitixa Upadhyay Tasks: (RH) (FAE) Coordinating safety studies Developing & interpreting consequence contours Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Tasks: Hydrogeology and Pradeep Pofali Understanding and representing groundwater conditions, Water Conservation (FAE) finalization of groundwater sampling locations, finalization of (HG) survey findings, identification of impacts, suggestion of mitigation measures and contribution to the EIA documentation Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Tasks: Pradeep Pofali Geology (GEO) Geology and geomorphologic analysis based on secondary data (FAE) Finalization of soil sampling locations, analysis of the data collected, contribution to EIA documentation Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Soil Conservation Dr. B K Patel Site Visit, Finalization of Soil Sampling Location, Finalization of (SE) (FAE) Survey findings, identification of impacts, suggestion of mitigation measures and contribution to the EIA documentation Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Dr. Dushiyant Socio-Economics Tasks: Mishra (SE) Site Visit/ Field Survey, Assessment of the possible changes to (FAE) socio-economic issues arising out of the proposed project activity Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Ecology and Bio Tasks: Dr. Manoj Pardeshi diversity (EB) Site visit, Field survey, Assessment of impacts of proposed project on biological environment, preparation of FAE report Period of Involvement: February 2015 – Ongoing Tasks: Dr. Dibeyendu Noise and Vibration Site visit, Cheking of Noise sampling results and analysis of data, Banerjee (FAE) identification of impact and mitigation measures and preparation of FAE report

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization:

I, Sangram A. Kadam, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the “EIA/EMP of Mining of 110022 TPA Bauxite ROM in Lease Area 110.07 Ha at Survey No. 275/P, Mota Balachod Village, Abdasa Taluka, District Kutch, Gujarat”. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Name : Sangram A. Kadam Designation : Director Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : Kadam Environmental Consultants, Vadodara

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 1

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION ...... 16

1.1 ABOUT THE CLIENT ...... 16 1.2 THE RATA TALAB BAUXITE MINE ...... 16 1.3 ABOUT THE EIA REPORT ...... 16 1.3.1 Purpose ...... 16 1.3.2 Objectives of the Studies ...... 17 1.3.3 Methodology ...... 18 1.4 DETAILS OF MINING LEASE AREA ...... 22 1.5 APPROACH AND CONNECTIVITY TO THE MINING LEASE ...... 23 1.5.1 Road Connection ...... 23 1.5.2 Rail Connection ...... 23 1.5.3 Air Connection ...... 23 1.5.4 Sea Port ...... 23 1.6 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE AND SIZE OF PROJECT ...... 23 1.7 IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT FOR COUNTRY OR REGION ...... 24 1.8 SCOPE OF STUDY ...... 24

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 34

2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ...... 34 2.1.1 Project Profile ...... 34 2.1.2 Need for the Project ...... 34 2.1.3 Topography ...... 34 2.1.4 Existing Landuse, General Topography and Break-up of the Lease ...... 36 2.1.5 Geology ...... 36 2.2 REVIEW OF COMPLIANCE POSITION ...... 37 2.2.1 Mining Development and Exploration ...... 37 2.2.2 Exploration ...... 37 2.2.3 Waste Management ...... 37 2.2.4 Afforestation ...... 37 2.3 RESERVES ...... 38 2.3.1 Nature of the Reserves ...... 38 2.3.2 Estimation of Reserves ...... 38 2.3.3 Category Wise reserves ...... 38 2.3.4 Mineable Reserves ...... 38 2.3.5 Exploration ...... 38 2.4 DETAILS OF MINING ...... 38 2.4.1 Method ...... 38 2.4.2 Year wise Mining Details ...... 39 2.4.3 Production of Bauxite Ore ...... 40 2.4.4 Production of Overburden (OB) ...... 40

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 2

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

2.4.5 Stacking of Mineral Rejects and Disposal of Waste ...... 41 2.4.6 Extent of Backfilling ...... 41 2.5 CONCEPTUAL MINING PLAN ...... 42 2.5.1 Mineral Exploration ...... 42 2.5.2 Ultimate Pit Limit ...... 42 2.5.3 Site Adequacy for Disposal of Waste ...... 42 2.5.4 Afforestation Programme upto the end of Conceptual Plan ...... 43 2.5.5 Post Mining Landuse ...... 43 2.6 WATER AND WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT ...... 43 2.6.1 Source ...... 43 2.6.2 Requirement ...... 43 2.6.3 Wastewater Generation and Disposal ...... 43 2.7 MINE DRAINAGE ...... 44 2.7.1 Ground Water ...... 44 2.7.2 Strom Water ...... 44 2.8 AIR EMISSIONS ...... 45 2.8.1 Point Source Emissions ...... 45 2.8.2 Line Source Emissions ...... 45 2.8.3 Area Source Emissions ...... 45 2.9 UTILITIES REQUIRED ...... 45 2.9.1 Electricity ...... 45 2.9.2 Fuel Details ...... 45 2.10 MACHINERY DETAILS ...... 46 2.10.1 Excavator and Loading Equipment ...... 46 2.10.2 Excavator and Loading Equipment ...... 46 2.10.3 Haulage Equipment ...... 46 2.11 MINERAL BENEFICIATION ...... 46 2.12 TRANSPORTATION ...... 46 2.13 SITE FACILITIES ...... 46 2.13.1 Mine Office ...... 46 2.13.2 Blasting Shelter ...... 47 2.13.3 Water Supply ...... 47 2.13.4 Workshop and Stores ...... 47 2.14 COST OF THE PROJECT ...... 47 2.15 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ...... 47

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...... 48

3.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 48 3.2 METHODOLOGY ...... 48 3.2.1 Primary Data Collection ...... 48 3.2.2 Secondary Data Collection ...... 48 3.3 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING...... 48

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 3

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

3.4 METEOROLOGY ...... 49 3.4.1 Long Term Meteorology ...... 49 3.4.2 Long Term Climatological Data for Porbandar ...... 49 3.5 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGY ...... 50 3.5.1 Monitoring Methodology for Metrological Data ...... 50 3.6 SITE SPECIFIC DATA OF SUMMER SEASON (MARCH, APRIL, MAY 2015) ...... 52 3.7 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ...... 55 3.7.1 Season and Period of Monitoring ...... 55 3.7.2 Selected Sampling Stations ...... 55 3.7.3 Sampling Frequency ...... 57 3.7.4 Parameters Monitored and Methods Used ...... 57 3.7.5 Results of Ambient Air Monitoring ...... 58 3.8 LAND USE ...... 62 3.8.1 Objectives ...... 62 3.8.2 Classification of Land use and Land cover ...... 62 3.8.3 Study Area ...... 63 3.8.4 Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies ...... 63 3.8.5 Ground Survey ...... 64 3.9 LANDUSE AND LAND COVER PATTERN STUDY ...... 65 3.9.1 Class Wise Area Statistics ...... 67 3.9.2 Final Map Preparation ...... 67 3.10 NOISE ...... 69 3.10.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level ...... 69 3.10.2 Selection of Noise Monitoring Locations ...... 69 3.10.3 Noise Level Results ...... 70 3.10.4 Observation ...... 70 3.11 SOIL ...... 70 3.11.1 Sampling and Analysis Methodology ...... 72 3.11.2 Soil Analysis Results ...... 73 3.11.3 Quality of Soil ...... 75 3.12 GEOLOGY ...... 75 3.12.1 Regional Geology ...... 75 3.12.2 Local Geology ...... 75 3.13 TOPOGRAPHY OF THE MINE LEASE AREA ...... 76 3.14 HYDROGEOLOGY ...... 76 3.15 WATER ...... 78 3.15.1 Groundwater Monitoring Methodology ...... 78 3.15.2 Groundwater Sampling Locations ...... 79 3.15.3 Quality of Water (Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological) ...... 82 3.16 SEISMIC ZONES ...... 82 3.17 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 82 3.17.1 Introduction ...... 82

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 4

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

3.17.2 Biological Diversity ...... 83 3.17.3 Ecological Impact Assessment ...... 83 3.17.4 Period of the study ...... 84 3.17.5 Scope and Aim of the study ...... 84 3.17.6 Delineation of the study area ...... 84 3.17.7 Sensitivity of the study area ...... 84 3.17.8 Methodology ...... 85 3.17.9 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment ...... 86 3.18 SOCIAL PROFILE ...... 98 3.18.1 Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub District ...... 99 3.18.2 Brief Profile of Study Area ...... 99 3.18.3 Social Characteristics ...... 101 3.18.4 Literacy Rate in Study Area ...... 102 3.18.5 Basic Infrastructure Facility ...... 102 3.18.6 Economic Profile ...... 103 3.18.7 Historical and Cultural Profile...... 104 3.19 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF PROJECT AFFECTED AREA BASED ON PRIMARY SURVEY ...... 104 3.19.1 Profile of Surveyed Household ...... 104 3.19.2 Visual Perception ...... 108 3.19.3 Focus group discussion...... 108 3.19.4 Group Discussion Details ...... 108

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 111

4.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 111 4.2 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY ...... 111 4.2.1 Key Definitions ...... 111 4.2.2 Identification of Impacts ...... 111 4.2.3 Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation ...... 112 4.3 IDENTIFYING ACTIVITIES CAUSING UNACCEPTABLE LEVELS OF ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ...... 118 4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT ...... 123 4.4.1 Impact of Excavation and Generation of Pits ...... 123 4.5 IMPACT DUE TO VEHICULAR MOVEMENT ...... 129 4.6 LANDUSE/LAND COVER ...... 130 4.6.1 Land Acquisition ...... 130 4.6.2 Preparation of Site ...... 130 4.6.3 Construction Phase ...... 131 4.6.4 Reclaimation ...... 131 4.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ...... 133 4.7.1 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan ...... 134 4.7.2 Consideration during the analysis ...... 134 4.8 SOIL ENVIRONMENT ...... 141 4.8.1 Mitigation Measures ...... 141

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 5

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

4.9 GEOLOGY ...... 142 4.10 HYDROGEOLOGY ...... 142 4.11 WATER ...... 143 4.11.1 Mitigation Measure ...... 143 4.12 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ...... 143 4.12.1 Impacts Scoring ...... 144 4.12.2 Mitigation Measures ...... 144 4.13 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ...... 145 4.13.1 Medical Facilities & Detail of Occupational Health Check up ...... 146

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE) ...... 147

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ...... 148

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ...... 148 6.2 PROJECTED EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS ...... 148

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...... 150

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 150 7.1.1 Background ...... 150 7.1.2 Key Definitions ...... 150 7.2 SCOPE OF WORK FOR RA & DMP STUDY ...... 151 7.2.1 Level 1: Hazard Identification ...... 151 7.2.2 Level 2: Risk Assessment & Ranking ...... 151 7.2.3 Level 3: Treatment Controls and Action Plans ...... 152 7.2.4 Level 4: Development of Disaster Management Plan ...... 153 7.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION ...... 153 7.3.1 Hazards: Mineral Winning ...... 153 7.3.2 Hazards: Mineral Transport ...... 154 7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT ...... 154 7.5 HAZARD ANALYSIS ...... 155 7.6 CONTROLS AND ACTION PLANS ...... 156 7.7 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 159 7.7.1 Disaster Management Plan: Structure ...... 159 7.7.2 Policy ...... 159 7.7.3 Planning ...... 159 7.7.4 Implementation ...... 160 7.7.5 DMP Audit, Non Conformance and Corrective Action and Preventive Action ...... 165 7.7.6 Review of Emergency Performance ...... 165

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ...... 166

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ...... 167

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 168

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 6

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS ...... 168 10.2 INTRODUCTION ...... 168 10.3 PURPOSE OF THE EMP ...... 168 10.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT ...... 173 10.5 RAINWATER HARVESTING ...... 175 10.5.1 Rainwater Harvesting Scheme ...... 175 10.5.2 Calculation for adequacy of rainwater for Green Belt ...... 175 FROM THE ABOVE CALCULATION IT IS ACCESS THAT RAINWATER SHOULD BE ADEQUATE FOR PLANTATION ... 175 10.6 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 176 10.6.1 Implementation Arrangement ...... 176 10.6.2 Monitoring and Evaluation ...... 176 10.6.3 Grievance Redressal Mechanism ...... 176 10.6.4 Corporate Social Responsibilty ...... 176 10.6.5 Budget with Break-up ...... 177 10.6.6 Conclusion ...... 178 10.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL ...... 179

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ...... 180

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 180 11.1.1 About The Client ...... 180 11.1.2 The Rata Talab Bauxite Mine ...... 180 11.1.3 Reserves ...... 180 11.1.4 Category Wise reserves ...... 180 11.1.5 Details of Mining ...... 181 11.1.6 Production of Bauxite Ore ...... 181 11.1.7 Production of Overburden (OB) ...... 181 11.1.8 Stacking of Mineral Rejects and Disposal of Waste ...... 182 11.1.9 Water and Wastewater Management ...... 183 11.1.10 Mine Drainage ...... 183 11.1.11 Air Emission ...... 183 11.1.12 Utilities Required ...... 184 11.2 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ...... 184 11.2.1 Study Area included in Environmental Setting ...... 184 11.2.2 Long Term Meteorology ...... 184 11.2.3 Study Period ...... 185 11.2.4 Ambient Air Quality ...... 185 11.2.5 Land Use ...... 185 11.2.6 Noise Quality ...... 185 11.2.7 Soil Quality ...... 185 11.2.8 Geology ...... 185 11.2.9 Hydrogeology ...... 186 11.2.10 Water Quality ...... 186

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 7

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

11.2.11 Biological Environment ...... 186 11.2.12 Social Profile ...... 186 11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES...... 187 11.3.1 Ambient Air ...... 187 11.3.2 Land ...... 187 11.3.3 Noise ...... 187 11.3.4 Soil ...... 188 11.3.5 Water ...... 188 11.3.6 Ecology and Biodiversity ...... 188 11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ...... 189 11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...... 189 11.5.1 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan ...... 189 11.5.2 Hazard Identification ...... 189 11.5.3 Risk Assessment ...... 189 11.5.4 Hazard Analysis ...... 190 11.5.5 Control and Action Plans ...... 190 11.5.6 Disaster Management Plan ...... 190 11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS ...... 191 11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 191

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ...... 192

12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY RENDERED BY KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS 192 12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS ...... 193

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 8

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Copy of Lease Grant Order ...... 195 Annexure 2: Copy of ToR Letter ...... 203 Annexure 3: NABET, QCI Certificate of Accreditation of Consultants ...... 210 Annexure 4: Production Data ...... 211

Annexure 5: Copy of Inward Letter – Showing the submission of Case Papers, Board Resolution and Environmental Policy to the MoEF ...... 212 Annexure 6: Copy of Environment Policy ...... 214 Annexure 7: Long Term Climatological Table, 1961-90, Bhuj ...... 215 Annexure 8: Categorization of Talukas- CGWA ...... 217 Annexure 9: Date wise Ambient Air Results ...... 218 Annexure 10: Topo Sheet ...... 222 Annexure 11: Mining Plan and Plates ...... 223

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 9

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1 : Methods used for Impact Identification and Prediction ...... 21 Table 1-2: Details of Mining Lease Area ...... 23 Table 1-3: Compliance with Terms of References ...... 24 Table 2-1: Project Profile ...... 34 Table 2-2: Area Break-up of Mining Lease ...... 36 Table 2-3: Regional Stratigraphic Sequence ...... 36 Table 2-4: Category wise Reserves of Bauxite (MT) ...... 38 Table 2-5: Year wise Production during five year Scheme Period ...... 40 Table 2-6: Year wise OB and Waste Generation ...... 40 Table 2-7: Details of Backfilling in North western part ...... 41 Table 2-8: Details of Backfilling in South eastern part ...... 41 Table 2-9: Year wise Plantation Details ...... 42 Table 2-10: Water Consumption ...... 43 Table 2-11: Wastewater Generation ...... 43 Table 2-12: Machinery required for Excavation and Loading ...... 46 Table 2-13: Machinery required for Haulage ...... 46 Table 2-14: Machinery required for Driling ...... 46 Table 2-15: Staff Required for Mining ...... 47 Table 3-1: Predominant Wind Direction ...... 49 Table 3-2: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data ...... 51 Table 3-3 : Mean/ Predominant Meteorological Data ...... 52 Table 3-4: Ambient Air Monitoring Locations ...... 55 Table 3-5: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring ...... 58 Table 3-6: Average Ambient Air Concentrations during Summer Season ...... 59 Table 3-7: Synopsis of Landuse / Landcover Classification Used for the Project ...... 62 Table 3-8: GPS readings within study area ...... 64 Table 3-9 : Classification system ...... 65 Table 3-10: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area ...... 67 Table 3-11: Monitoring methodology ...... 69 Table 3-12: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones ...... 69

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 10

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

Table 3-13: Noise Level Results...... 70 Table 3-14: Soil Sampling Locations ...... 71 Table 3-15: Methodology of Soil Sample Monitoring ...... 72 Table 3-16: Soil Analysis Results ...... 73 Table 3-17: Generalized Stratigraphic sequence by GSI ...... 75 Table 3-18: Stratigraphic lithounits ...... 75 Table 3-19: Stratigraphic sequence of area ...... 76 Table 3-20: Monitoring Methodology of Groundwater ...... 78 Table 3-21: Groundwater Sampling Locations ...... 79 Table 3-22: Analysis Results of Ground Water Sample ...... 80 Table 3-23: Trees in core zone ...... 87 Table 3-24: Shrubs in core zone ...... 87 Table 3-25: Herbs in core zone ...... 88 Table 3-26: Trees in the Buffer Zone ...... 89 Table 3-27: Shrubs in the Buffer Zone ...... 90 Table 3-28: Herbaceous species in Buffer Zone ...... 91 Table 3-29: Climbers and twiners in the Buffer Zone ...... 92 Table 3-30: Systematic lists of birds in the buffer zone with its distribution and migratory status ...... 93 Table 3-31: Butterflies in the buffer zone ...... 96 Table 3-32: Reptiles in the buffer zone ...... 97 Table 3-33: Mammals from the buffer zone ...... 97 Table 3-34: The list of birds included in IUCN red list of threatened categories ...... 98 Table 3-35: Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-district ...... 99 Table 3-36: List of Villages in Study Area with Household and Population ...... 99 Table 3-37: Household and Population Details ...... 101 Table 3-38: Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe Population Distribution in Study Area ...... 101 Table 3-39: Literacy Rate in Study Area ...... 102 Table 3-40: Occupation Patterns ...... 103 Table 3-41: Focus Group Discussion at Village Level ...... 109 Table 4-1: Impact Scoring System – Consequence Assessment ...... 113 Table 4-2: Probability of Occurrence ...... 118

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 11

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

Table 4-3: Environmental Risk Categorization ...... 118 Table 4-4: Identification of Impacting Activities and Proposed Mitigation Measures ...... 120 Table 4-5: Emission Factor, Pit source Modeling ...... 123 Table 4-6: Input Parameters for Pit source modeling ...... 123

3 Table 4-7: 24 Hour average GLC of PM10 (µg/m ) ...... 125 Table 4-8: Input parameters using line source modeling ...... 129 Table 4-9: Impacts due to proposed activity ...... 129 Table 4-10: Aspect – Impact Identification ...... 130 Table 4-11: Impact Scoring - Land use/cover ...... 131 Table 4-12: Aspect-Impact Identification from Proposed Project ...... 133 Table 4-13: Environmental Impact Scoring ...... 134 Table 4-14: Sources of noise with their SPL ...... 134 Table 4-15: Noise level at receiver locations (SoundPlan Result) ...... 138 Table 4-16: Predicted Increase over the Baseline Data ...... 139 Table 4-17: Suggested Mitigation Measures ...... 140 Table 4-18: Aspect – Impact Identification for Soil Environment ...... 141 Table 4-19: Aspect – Impact Identification ...... 142 Table 4-20: Aspect – Impact Identification ...... 142 Table 4-21: Environmental Impact Scoring ...... 143 Table 4-22: Aspect – Impact Identification ...... 143 Table 4-23: Impact Scoring...... 144 Table 4-24: Suggested Mitigation Measures ...... 144 Table 4-25: List of Workers, Hazardous Tasks Assigned with Duration ...... 145 Table 4-26: Medical Facilities & Health Check Details ...... 146 Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 148 Table 6-2: Expenditure on Environmental Matters ...... 149 Table 7-1: Risk Ranking Criteria ...... 152 Table 7-2: Hazards Faced in Bauxite Mining Operations ...... 154 Table 7-3: Hazards Ranked by Risk Level ...... 155 Table 7-4: Cause Analysis for Level 1 & Level 2 Hazards ...... 155 Table 7-5: Control and Action Plan ...... 157

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 12

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

Table 7-6: Suggested Items in First Aid Kit ...... 164 Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan for Air Environment ...... 169 Table 10-2: Environment Management Plan for Noise Environment ...... 170 Table 10-3: Environment Management Plan for Water Environment ...... 171 Table 10-4: Environment Management Plan for Soil Environment ...... 172 Table 10-5 : Species suggested for Green Belt development ...... 173 Table 10-6: Budget for Greenbelt Development within Core Zone and Bufferzone ...... 174 Table 10-7: Budgets for Implementation of CSR Activities (In Lakh) ...... 177 Table 10-8: Budget Break-up of CSR Activities of 5 years ...... 177 Table 11-1: Category wise Reserves of Bauxite (MT) ...... 180 Table 11-2: Year wise Production during five year Scheme Period ...... 181 Table 11-3: Year wise OB and Waste Generation ...... 182 Table 11-4: Details of Backfilling in North Western part ...... 182 Table 11-5: Details of Backfilling in South eastern part ...... 182 Table 11-6: Year wise Plantation Details ...... 183

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 13

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1: Water Balance Diagram ...... 44 Figure 3-1: Windrose Diagram for Winter Season ...... 54 Figure 3-2: Cross section along AA” & BB’ ...... 77 Figure 3-3: Population Distribution and Type of Family ...... 105 Figure 3-4: Religious Categories and Social Characteristic ...... 105 Figure 3-5: Literacy Rates ...... 106 Figure 3-6: Women’s Participation in Decision Making Activities ...... 107 Figure 3-7: Occupational Pattern ...... 107 Figure 4-1: Concentration of PM due to Emission from Pit Source ...... 127 Figure 4-2: Emission of PM due to Line Source ...... 128 Figure 4-3: Isopleths generated during daytime ...... 136 Figure 4-4: Isopleths generated during nighttime ...... 137 Figure 10-1: Environment Management Cell ...... 179

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 14

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

ABBREVIATIONS

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board DG : Diesel generator DGMS : Directorate General of Mine Safety DMP : Disaster Management Plan EHS : Environmental Health and Safety EIC : Environmental Information Centre FAEs : Functional Area Experts GLC : Ground Level Concentration GPCB : Gujarat Pollution Control Board HSD : High Speed Diesel IBM : Indian Bureau of Mine IMD : Indian Meteorological Department LOI : Loss of Ignition MM : Modified Mercalli MMR : Metalliferous Mines Regulation MNP : Marine National Park MoEF : Ministry of Environment and Forest MRL : Meter Reduced Level MT : Metric Tonne SMPL : Saurashtra Minerals Private Limited OB : Over Burden PDCR : Plan, Do, Check and Review PM : Particulate Matter PPE : Personnel Protective Equipment PWD : Public Work Department REIA : Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment ROM : Run of Mine RSPM : Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter SPM : Suspended Particulate Matter TPH : Tones per Hour USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 15

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 About The Client

M/s Orient Abrasives Limited (OAL) is a Public Limited Company, incorporated under Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at 1307, Chiranjiv Tower, 43 Nehru Place, New Delhi, India - 110019.

OAL was established as a venture to manufacture calcined and fused alumina products in 1974, in technical collaboration with Karborundum, Bentueky, Czechoslovakia, by the Rajgarhia Group of Industries. It is a multi-divisional company, having a head office at New Delhi, manufacturing facilities at Porbandar (Gujarat) and Bhiwadi (Rajasthan) and distinction of being ISO - 9001 (Quality Management System - QMS) certified. The Company offers a wide range of refractory and monolithic products for the iron and steel industry and enjoys a large domestic and international clientele. An in- house R&D facility supports the division’s product development initiatives.

1.2 The Rata Talab Bauxite Mine

M/s OAL holds mining lease of Rata Talab Bauxite Mine over an area of 110.07 hectares, in survey number 275/P of Village Mota Balachod, Taluka Abdasa, District Kutch of Gujarat state. The lease was granted by Government of Gujarat by their order dated 14.09.1973 and was executed on 03.06.1974 for a period of 20 years. The lease got expired on 02.06.1994. Lessee has applied for renewal for a period of 10 years from 03.06.1994 to 02.06.2004. The lessee has applied for second renewal upto 02.06.2024 by their application dated 02.06.2003 and it is under the consideration of State Government. As per new MMDR ordinance 2015, lease is valid upto 2030.

The mining plan was approved by the Indian Bureau of Mines (IBM), vide their letter number 682 (23) (551)/2007 MCCM (N) UDP dated 07/11/2007. Further the mining scheme was approved vide their letter number 682 (23) 551/2007 MCCM (N) UDP dated 10/09/2013.

1.3 About The EIA Report

1.3.1 Purpose

As per the EIA Notification, 2006 as amended till date, mining of minerals including bauxite, requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from the Impact Assessment Authority, namely the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi for mining leases in excess of 50 ha. Consequently, OAL requires seeking, and securing, prior EC from the MoEF, before it can undertake any mining activities at the Rata talab Bauxite Mining lease.

Therefore, as part of its EC process, OAL submitted relevant documents, namely Form-1 (as per the EIA Notification, 2006, as amended, along with a copy of Pre-feasibility Report and proposed Terms of References (ToRs) for carrying out Environmental Studies, to the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) MoEF on dated 10th January 2011.

Based on the information contained in the documents submitted and the presentation made before the EAC during its meeting held on 26th April 2011, after completion of ToR presentation, additional

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 16

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND information asked by MoEF and it has been submitted by OAL on dated 29th July 2013. OAl had submitted revised form I and PFR to MoEFCC for enhancement of production on dated 8th March 2014 and the presentation made before EAC on dated 20th March 2014. OAL had submitted additional information for ToR asked by MoEF on dated 9th May 2014 and 10th Oct 2014 and second ToR presentation was done before EAC on dated 23rd December 2014 and based on above MoEF & CC had issued a ToR letter on dated 15th January 2015. A copy of ToR letter received from the MoEF & CC is attached as Annexure 2

This report presents the findings of the EIA / EMP studies, as per the ToR prescribed by the MoEF. Subsequent to the completion of the initial (‘draft’) study report, OAL is expected to undertake Public Consultation (including Public Hearing) as required under the EIA Notification. The findings of the Public Consultation require being incorporated into this report (called the ‘EIA report’) prior to it being considered by the MoEF for Environmental Clearance.

This report factually documents the findings of the environmental and related studies undertaken by The Consultant namely, Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’) as prescribed in the ToR issued by the MoEF & CC to OAL. Kadam is accredited as a Category A, EIA Consultant for Sector 1 (a) of the EIA Notification covering mining of minerals including opencast / underground mining, with the National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET), a mandatory requirement (please refer Annexure 3).

1.3.2 Objectives of the Studies

Broadly, the following objectives are intended to be covered as part of this study report, within the overall framework of the prescribed TORs:

To Describe and Assess

1. The prevailing baseline environmental and socio-economic condition of the study area through baseline studies and secondary data collection, 2. The proposed project (i.e. mining) methodology, including equipment, procedures and processes, based on interactions with project owners / managers, and information presented in the IBM approved mining plan

To Determine

3. Alternatives in terms of project concept and location, mining methods and environmental management and decommissioning practices and procedures that might help in abating impacts due to the project 4. Impacts of the project on the environment, ecology, workers and community, due to the proposed project 5. Mitigation measures

To Recommend

6. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) with action plans and a management system covering timing, responsibilities and costs and considering the existing regulatory framework, for implementing the selected alternatives and mitigation measures covering water use and quality, wastes, hazardous materials, landuse and bio-diversity, air quality, noise and vibration, energy use and visual impacts, as also remedial measures when deviations occur.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 17

1.3.3 Methodology

Objective 1: Describing / Assessing Baseline Environmental and Socio-Economic Conditions

This was done by for different parameters, mentioned as follows:

7. Landuse (by Kadam’s FAE, Landuse)

Identification and delineation of the mining lease boundary on a satellite image after confirming the mining lease co-ordinates from a walk through site survey by Kadam’s FAE (Landuse) in the presence of OAL’s representative(s) Identifying and delineating the study area, i.e., an aerial distance of 10.0 km around the mining lease on a recent satellite image, and undertaking a desktop interpretation of the landuse, followed by a ground truth survey of the study area for confirming the interpreted landuse

8. Meteorology and Air Quality (by Kadam’s FAE, Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling and Prediction)

a. Review of meteorological data for the Winter Season using Kadam’s archives / information from the nearest IMD meteorological Station, and identifying the pre-dominant downwind direction based on this exercise, b. Identifying and setting up Six Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) stations (as per the ToR) for collecting meteorological and ambient air quality data for the winter season. c. Identifying and setting up of one meteorological station at a suitable location within the Study Area

d. Monitoring of AAQ (i.e. PM10, SO2, NOx as per ToR) for winter (March, April, May) 2015, using standard monitoring methods and equipment for selected AAQM stations. e. Monitoring meteorological conditions (i.e. wind speed, wind direction, temperature, humidity and cloud cover) at the selected meteorological station.

9. Noise Quality (by Kadam’s FAE, Noise and Vibration)

a. Identifying a suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations considering the mining activities, including transport of minerals b. Monitoring background noise quality in dB(A)leq(d) and dB(A)leq(n) at the selected locations

10. Surface Water (by Kadam’s FAE, Hydrology, Ground Water and Water Conservation)

a. Identification of surface water resources, including rivers, ground water, mine water sumps or pits and other surface water bodies in the Study Area, based on the landuse maps and through site visits b. Collection of background information on surface water resources available with the Department of Irrigation, Government of Gujarat c. Identification and mapping of streams, including first order streams as required in the ToR, and identification of riparian zones d. Sampling at relevant locations, considering riparian zones that may be impacted, human settlements as well as spatial spread across the study area, for parameters covered in the EIA Manual, along with additional parameters covering portability requirements, followed by testing using standard methods and equipment

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 18

11. Ground Water (by Kadam’s FAE, Hydrology, Ground Water and Water Conservation)

a. Description of ground water resources in the study area, based on site surveys and available secondary information, including:

i. District Resource Map, Porbandar, prepared by the Geological Survey of India ii. District Planning Map, Porbandar, prepared by the Survey of India iii. Contour Maps, commissioned by OAL, for the purpose of understanding surface topography and also determining likely ground water flow direction, with expertise provided by Kadam’s FAE, Hydrogeology

Identification of depth to ground water table from field surveys (done in both pre-monsoon and post- monsoon seasons for core and buffer zones) by Kadam Collection of data pertaining to annual draft for the water shed.

12. Soil Quality (by Kadam’s FAE, Geology and Soil)

a. Collection of background information on soil types within the Region, based on interaction with government agencies (such as Department of Agriculture) and through available secondary sources of information b. Identifying the different soil types in the Study Area c. Sampling of different soil types available in the Study Area for parameters mentioned in the EIA Manual

13. Ecology and Bio-diversity (by Kadam’s FAE, Ecology and Bio-diversity)

a. Collection of authenticated list of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) from Forest Department (considering ToR), Site survey of flora and fauna within core area and immediate vicinity of the mining lease Preparation of conservation plan for identified schedule I animals (if any) in study area

14. Socio-economic and Demographic Profile1 (by Kadam’s FAE, Socio-Economic)

b. Preparing a social profile (demography, households and dwelling units, castes and communities, socially disadvantaged groups, education and literacy) c. Preparing an economic profile (occupational pattern, livelihoods, economy and infrastructure including water, power, sanitation, health and education and connectivity: roads, posts and telecom). With respect to roads:

i. Inventorisation of road network in the Study Area by type of road (national highways, state highways, district road, other district roads and village roads) ii. Current loading of road network Traffic distribution surveys at selected roads along the likely route used by trucks for carrying mined Bauxite from the mine to the Port facility at Porbandar

d. Preparing a cultural profile (areas of archaeological / religious / cultural / aesthetic importance, festivals, food and clothing)

1 This information will be based on census data, 2011, and site visits by socio-economic experts to the site

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 19

Objective 2: Describing / Assessing the Proposed Project Methodology

(By Kadam’s EC, Mining of Minerals; FAE, Soil and Geology)

1. Review of the IBM approved mining plan covering the following aspects

a. Validity of Mining Plan b. Description of the mining lease, area in the vicinity of mining lease and connectivity to the lease area, including:

i. Location details of the lease area with information like the area (hectares), co-ordinates, survey number, and access to lease from nearby village/township/city, ii. Topography and Geology of the lease area, iii. Connectivity to the lease to various facilities like rail, road or air, iv. Distance and direction of lease from main village / township / city

c. Mining method

i. Description of the mining method including the details of mechanization, manpower, equipment and procedures used for mining, ii. Details of broad blasting parameters with details of explosives their uses and storage, iii. Details of drilling equipment iv. Details of any other mechanization, for e.g. use of pumps for dewatering of working pits and lighting v. Other mining infrastructure such as rest shelters, blasting shelters and others during mining period, if any

d. Year wise production and waste generation data

i. Description of year wise production data of bauxite ore and waste generation, as per the mining plan for five year period.

e. Conceptual mining plan

i. Details of exploration with the number and dimensions of proposed exploratory pits during the mining period, ii. Details of ultimate size and shape of the working pits upto the lease renewal period, iii. Description of dump area along with the details of OB and waste generation, iv. Description of land reclamation along with the details of area put under backfilling, plantation etc, and the future use of the lease area.

f. Complete employment details including the number of mining engineer, mine manager, blaster, driller, staff, and workers etc. g. Plantation Details along with the number of samplings to be planted and the area covered during plantation.

2. Discussions with project owners / managers

Discussions with project owners / managers in order to understand key operational issues related with mining of bauxite and constraints faced, if any

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 20

Objective 3: Understanding Project Impacts on Environment, Ecology, Workers and Community

This will include:

3. Identification of impacts on: landuse, air quality, ambient noise, surface water, ground water, soil quality, ecology and bio-diversity, traffic and local community. 4. Prediction of intensity of impacts on the above biotic and abiotic receptors 5. Analysis of the impacts on the environmental baseline as reported in Objective 1

A brief summary of the methodology adopted for identification, prediction and analysis of impacts is provided in Table 1-1.

Table 1-1 : Methods used for Impact Identification and Prediction S. Parameter Identification Prediction and Analysis No. Overlay of mining plans with baseline 1 Landuse Logical deduction landuse From project details covering air pollution Air quality dispersion modeling (line, pit Ambient Air generating equipment such as vehicles and point) using the dispersion model 2 Quality and mining processes, for e.g. stacking of AERMOD, overlay over existing landuse minerals, blasting, drilling and the like maps, logical deduction Project details, especially noise generating Using noise attenuating algorithms, 3 Noise Quality equipment followed by logical deduction Flow calculations based on Identification of drainage patterns, 4 Surface Water meteorological information and logical overlaid by site activities on landuse map deduction Understanding of ground water flow and table patterns in the study area based on 5 Ground Water field surveys, overlaid on pit depth Logical deduction information from the IBM approved mining plan Mapping of soil conditions within the core 6 Soil Quality Logical deduction area, study of overburden management Study of available flora and fauna in the Ecology and Logical deduction, information from 7 study area, especially near the core area Bio-diversity available research, professional judgment and its sensitivity to mining activities Study of existing traffic patterns, and Comparison of total traffic volumes with identification of new traffic to be 8 Traffic carriage width capability, logical generated due to the commencement of deduction mining activities Interaction with nearby communities and Study of local communities closest to the discussions on the possibility of the Local mine site and the possibility of project 9 project impacting these communities, Community activities impacting quality of life of these through formal and informal public communities consultation

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 21

S. Parameter Identification Prediction and Analysis No. Understanding the mining activities and DGMS guidance issued by the Directorate 10 Mine Workers identifying those that can impact worker General of Mine Safety (DGMS), health and occupational safety Dhanbad, vide Circular No.13 of 2002

Objective 4: Determining Alternatives

In order to establish the possible alternatives that are available, both at a conceptual level as well as a project planning and detailing level, discussions on alternatives will cover the following:

1. Alternatives to Bauxite Mining 2. Locational Alternatives.

a. Regional Alternatives b. Sub-Regional Alternatives

3. Alternative mining method 4. Alternative approach to mitigation measures and environmental management 5. Alternatives available for the decommissioning of mine

Objective 5: Mitigation Measures

a. Identifying the impacts on air, water (Ground & Surface water), soil, ecology and bio-diversity of the project,

i. Laboratory analysis results ii. Using different impact assessment models, iii. Discussion with experts, iv. Discussion with project owner / mangers / resource person

b. Identifying the mitigation measures to overcome the above identified impacts,

i. Comparing the pro and cones of the mitigation measures on the existing one, ii. Checking the feasibility of the measures iii. Identifying the cost benefits of the suggested measures over the existing ones iv. Discussions with experts and project owner / managers over the suggested mitigation measures c. Implementing required mitigation measures, if any.

Objective 6: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Formulation

This will be prepared by taking the following into consideration:

1. TORs suggested by MoEF, and 2. Guidelines given by International Finance Corporation (IFC)

1.4 Details of Mining Lease Area

The mine is located at survey number 275/P, Village Mota Balachod, Taluka Abdusa, District Kutch in Gujarat State. Map showing location of lease is attached as Annexure 11. The mining lease area is

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 22

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND gently sloping consisting of three rectangular limbs joined by a narrow strip of land in North side, middle part of which forms part of naira river which flows towards Southwards. Topography of Eastern part of lease area is gently sloping towards south and west into Nariya river and the topography of western limb is partly sloping due east towards Nariya river and partly due south towards agricultural lands. General details regarding the location of the lease are presented in Table 1-2.

Table 1-2: Details of Mining Lease Area S.No Particulars Description 1 Mine Name Rata Talab Bauxite Mine 2 Survey No. / Village Name 275/P, Village: Mota Balachod 3 Taluka / District Taluka: Abdasa, District: Kutch 4 State Gujarat 5 Lease Area (Hectares) 110.07 ha 6 Present Landuse Part of Government Waste Land, Non-Forest Land

1.5 Approach and Connectivity to the Mining Lease

As far as connectivity is concerned, all type of transportation facilities are available upto Bhuj and after which road connection is the appropriate way to reach the mining lease

1.5.1 Road Connection

Eastern part of the mine lease area is accessible by driving along S.H. 49 along bhuj-Nalia road. Western part of the lease area is accessible by driving from eastern part along kachha road made over the embankment over Naria river. Lease area is about 54.5 kms from Bhuj

1.5.2 Rail Connection

Nearest railway station from mine lease is Bhuj which is 54.5km from mine lease.

1.5.3 Air Connection

Nearest airport is Bhuj which is at a distance of ~54.5 km (aerial distance) from the mining lease and to reach the lease one has to again take the road connection as described above

1.5.4 Sea Port

The nearest seaport is Mundra, which is about 70 km from the lease in SE direction from the mining lease.

1.6 Brief Description of Nature and Size of Project

The proposed project is for expansion of quantity of bauxite mining at Rata Talab mine lease from 44,543.356 TPA (Pre- 1994) to 1,10,022 TPA ROM. The mine lease is designated as Government waste land and does not involve any forest area within it. It is a piece of non-irrigated barren land. However, Nariya River which is a seasonal river passes through the lease area. Considering mineable

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 23

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND reserves of 2697350 MT and considering average rate of production to be 1,10,000 MTA, life of mine would be 25 years.

In Rata Talab bauxite area the nature of deposit is bedded, mineral bauxite is present in form of bed, which is overlain by a thin cover of soil & vertical clay. The proposed project entails semi mechanized open cast mining by induction of drilling and blasting. As the mining lease was already worked out therefore on the basis of geological data gathered from the working pits, ore reserves were estimated.

1.7 Importance of the Project for Country or Region

Bauxite mining is a very important economic activity the Saurashtra region of Gujarat. Gujarat State is one of the three major bauxite bearing and producing areas in India. Gujarat produces annually around 1.0 to 1.2 million tonnes of bauxite in India amounting to 17-18% of the national production (around 6.0 Million tonnes). Quality wise the grades vary from low to high grade alumina, low Silica and low Calcium Oxide. The main grade produced based on Al2O3 content include: <50%, 50 - 56% and > 56%. Mineralogical tests have indicated that the bauxite of this area is highly suitable for metallurgical purposes.

Bauxite mining industry of the region contributes significantly to the State gross domestic product and provides direct employment toc about thousands of labour. Additional jobs are created by way of transportation and related jobs, ancillary to mining.

1.8 Scope of Study

OAL has submitted its application, along with a duly filled Form-1 with proposed TORs, to the EAC and based on that EAC issued a formal TORs No. J-11015/47/2011-IA.II (M) dated 15th January 2015. This letter is attached as Annexure 2Error! Reference source not found..

This EIA report has complied with the EAC TORs, and summarized details of the same are provided in Table 1-3.

Table 1-3: Compliance with Terms of References S. TORs References in Report No. Year wise production details since 1994 should be given, clearing stating the highest production achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also Year wise production data is attached as 1 be categorically informed whether there had been Annexure 4. any increase in production after the EIA notification 1994 came into force w.r.t the highest production achieved prior to 1994.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 24

S. TORs References in Report No. A copy of the document in support of the fact that Please refer Annexure 1 for copy of grant 2 the proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine letter and lease renewal application should be given. All documents including approved mining plan, EIA and public hearing should be compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production 3 Complied levels, waste generation and its management and mining technology and should be in the name of the lessee All corner co ordinates of the mine lease area 4 superimposed on High resloton imagery / It has been provided in Annexure 10 toposheet should be provided Yes, The Environmental policy has been provided in Annexure 6 Yes, the Environmental Policy is linked to the Company’s Legal Register which links all the relevant legislation that OAL requires to follow. Does the company have a well laid down A monthly compliance checklist is submitted to Environmental Policy approved by its Board of the Management to assure the Management of Directors? If so it may be spent out in EIA report continued compliance with applicable legal and with description of the prescribe for standard other requirements. operating process/procedures to bring into focus OAL has instituted a system of periodic any infringement/deviation/violation of compliance reviews at all levels of the environmental or forest norms/conditions? the organization (from MD to the Geologist-in- hierarchical system or Administrative order of the charge). Compliance with EC Conditions (as 5 company to deal with the environmental issues and applicable) will be part of the compliance for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions reviews. The hierarchical system (i.e. may also be given. a system of reporting of non- Environmental Management Cell) is provided in compliances/violations of environmental norms to Chapter 9, Section Error! Reference source the Board of Directors of the company and / or not found. shareholders or stakeholders at large? This The Company has released Board Resolutions to reporting mechanism should be detailed in the in the effect that it shall consistently comply with the EIA Report. all relevant environmental norms including, but not limited to, caps on mining quantities. As already mentioned, a monthly checklist detailing compliance with applicable rules and regulations is circulated to the top management to ensure adequacy of compliance. Issues relating to mine safety, including subsidence study in case of underground mining and slope Impact of blasting has been covered in Section 6 study in case of open cast mining, blasting study Impact of Excavation and Generation of etc. should be detailed. The proposed safeguard Pits4.4.1 and Section 4.7 measures in each case should also be provided.

The study area will comprise of 10 km zone around 7 Complied the mining lease from lease periphery and the data

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 25

S. TORs References in Report No. contained in the EIA such as waste generation etc. should be for the life of mine / lease period.

Landuse of the study area (10 km) has been delineated and is made available as Map 3-2. No forest land is involved. Please refer Table 3-10 This is already a working mine and consequently, existing surface geological plan (rather than pre-operational land use plan) has been delineated. Prior to operationalizing the mine, the mine was a government wasteland. Some activities like site clearing (where required) for removal of vegetation, principally prosopis juliflora (ganda baval) will be required Land use of the study area delineating forest area, before starting mining activities. agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary Operational Phase: and national park, migratory routes of fauna, Entire mineralized area will be mined out in next water-bodies, human settlements and other 25 years. It has also been proposed in mining 8 ecological features should be indicated. Land use scheme to reclaim part of mined out area by plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to backfilling. Please refer Section 2.4.60 encompass preoperational operational and post Complete details of operational land use break operational phases and submitted impact if any of up and pattern are given in Table 2-2 & Table change of land use should be given. 3-10 respectively. taking place during post operational phase will be backfilling of mined out pits, creation of water reservoir, & Plantation Backfilling of entire area is not possible therefore, some part of it will be backfilled, and rest will be used as water reservoir (details are provided in Section 2.4.60 2.4.6Plantation will be carried out on backfilled area. Plantation details are provided in Section 2.5.4 Please refer Section 10.4 10.4, for the details of additional greenbelt development. Details of the land for any over burden dumps Land outside the mine lease area will not be outside the mine lease such as extent of land area, 9 used for over burden and R & R issues are not distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues be there. if any should be given. A certificate from the competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any in the project area. In the event of any contrary claim 10 There is forest land involved in the project site by the project proponent regarding the status of forest, the site may be inspected by the state forest department along with the Regional office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests,

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 26

S. TORs References in Report No. based on which the certificate in this regards as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committee Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and virgin forestland involved in the project including deposition of net present Value and Proposed mine lease area is government waste 11 compensatory afforestation (CA) should be land so forestry clearance will not be required indicated. A copy of forestry clearance should also be furnished Implementation status of recognition of forest rights under the schedule Tribes and other 12 Not Applicable traditional forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated

The vegetation in the RF/PF areas in the study area 13 There is no RF/PF in the study area with necessary details should be given

A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the mining project on wildlife of the study area and detail furnished. Impact of the project on the There is no protected area or wild life area in 14 wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected the study area. Impact of Ecology and area and accordingly detailed mitigative measures biodiversity is covered in Section 4.12 required should be worked out with cost implication and submitted Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well as proposed), if any, There is no National Park, Sanctuaries, within 10 km of mining lease should be clearly Biosphere reserve, Wild life corridor, indicated supported by a location map duly Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well as authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden.Necessary 15 proposed), present in the 10km radius of the clearance if any, as may be applicable to such mine lease area so mine will NOT require any project due to proximity of ecologically sensitive permission from the standing committee of areas as mentioned above should be obtained from NBWL. State wildlife Department/chief wildlife Warden under Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 and a copy furnished . A detailed biological study of the study area {Core Zone and buffer Zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)} shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, duly authenticated, The detailed biological survey report and other 16 separately for core and buffer zone should be details covered in Section 3.17. furnished based on such primary field survey, clearly indicating the schedule of fauna present. In case of any schedule I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan for their conservation

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 27

S. TORs References in Report No. should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and wild life Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost Proximity to areas declared as Critically Polluted or the project areas likely to come under the Aravali Range (attracting court restrictions for mining operation) should also be indicated and where so 17 required, clearance certifications from the Not Applicable prescribed Authorities such as the SPCB or state Mining Department should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities could be considered Similarly for coastal projects, A CRZ map duly authenticate by one of the authorized agencies demarcating LTL, HTL, CRZ area location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, Coastal features such as 18 Not Applicable mangroves if any, should be furnished (Note: the mining projects falling under CRZ would also need to obtain approval of the concerned Coastal Zone Management Authority) R&R plan / compensation details for the project affected people should be furnished, the National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should be kept The mining lease is designated as Government in view. In respect of SCs and STs and other Wasteland. Rehabilitation/Resettlement is 19 weaker section, need based sample survey, family therefore not required since there is no private wise should be undertaken to assess their land at site, no homestead, or project oustees requirements and action programme prepared associated with mining activities. acoordingly integrating the sectoral programme of line departments of State Government One season (non-monsoon) primary baseline data

on ambient air quality (PM10, SO2, and NOX), water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall Ambient Air Quality monitoring has been carried be collected and the AAQ data so collected out at 6 different locations for the monitoring of presented date-wise in the EIA EMP report. Site- PM10, SO2, and NOx and all the details regarding specific meteorological data should be collected. to that are discussed in chapter 3. Results are 20 The location of monitoring stations should be given in Table 3-4 Please refer Section 3.15 justified. Date wise collected baseline AAQ data for water quality. should form part of EIA and EMP report. There Please refer Section 3.10, for noise quality. should be at least one monitoring station within Please refer Section 3.5, for site specific data. 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant Please refer Annexure 9 for date wise data. downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10 particularly for free silica should be given

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 28

S. TORs References in Report No. Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account Air quality modeling has been carried out using the impact of movement of vehicles for AERMOD model for pit source and line source to transportation of mineral. The details of the modal predict the impact of project on air quality. used and input parameters used for modeling 21 Please refer Chapter 4, Section 4.4Error! should be provided. The air quality contours may Reference source not found., for air quality be shown on a location map clearly indicating the modeling details. location of the site, location of sensitive receptors,

if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map. The water requirement for the project, its availability, and source to be furnished. A detailed 22 Please refer Section 2.6. water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the project should be indicating.

As per the Central Ground water authority2 (CGWA) the proposed mining lease area in District Bhuj, Gujarat falls under the list of notified areas Necessary clearance from the Competent authority 23 for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the As per the CGWA’s Categorization of Talukas in project should be provided. Gujarat (please refer Annexure 8), Bhuj District, Gujarat falls under Critical zone.

So OAL will take prior permission of CGWA before use of water

Rain water will be collected in the mined out pits and will be used for dust suppression. Efforts Details of water conservation measures proposed will be made to keep the water quality non- 24 to be adopted in project. saline through suitable lining of pits, where feasible, and utilization of the same stored water for greenbelt purposes. Ground Water: 1. Voids are present within the lease area in Impact of the project on the water quality both which rain water will get accumulated surface and ground water should be assessed and during the monsoon season. This collected 25 necessary safeguard measures, if any, required rain water will be used in dust suppression. should be provided. Further, efforts will be made to line some of the pits and use this non-saline water for greenbelt development.

2 Notified area as per Central Ground Water Authority - http://www.cgwb.gov.in/CGWA/Notified_areas.html

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 29

S. TORs References in Report No. 2. Owing the the fact that ground water levels (~10.5 m bgl) are below so no intersection of the mining activities with the ground water is observed. Due to 1 and 2 above, impacts on ground water will be avoided. Surface Water:

There is no perennial surface water course or surface water body within the leasehold area due to scanty and unpredictable rainfall. Further, at the time of mining, 70 people/day due to which, the quantity of waste water generated will be very less i.e. 32.75 KLD. This wastewater will be disposed off through septic tank and soak pit thereby reducing the impact on surface water bodies.

Based on actual monitored data, it may be clearly shown that working will intersect ground water. Necessary data and documents in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect the 26 ground water table, a detailed hydrogeological Please refer Section 3.14 study under taken and report should be furnished. Nessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working belwo ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise if any, passing through lease area and 27 modification/diversion proposed, if any, and the No stream passing through lease area impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out. Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. should be provided both in 28 Please Refer Section 3.14 AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same. The reclamation plan, post mine land use, and progressive greenbelt development plan shall be 29 Please refer Section 2.5 prepared in tabular form (prescribed format) and submitted.

Local workers will be employed for mining; Details of the infrastructure facilities to be provided hence there is no need to providing housing 31 for the mine workers should be provided in EIA facilities. Other facilities like Mine Office, Rest Report. Shelter, and Blasting Shelter will be constructed at the mine site.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 30

S. TORs References in Report No. Conceptual post mine landuse involves backfilling and plantation. Details of this are provided in Section 0 of the report. Conceptual post mining landuse and Reclamation The land is designated as government waste and Rehabilitation of mined out area (with plans land, thus as far as reclamation is concerned no 32 and with adequate number of sections) should be new land creation will be there, only the land given in the EIA report. degraded during mining will be partially backfilled and developed as greenbelt and rest will be used as water reservoir. Same practices will be followed for rehabilitation plan. Phase-wise plan of greenbelt development, Phase-wise greenbelt development with the plantation, and compensatory afforestation should 33 indication of area to be covered during the five be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered year plan period is given in Section 2.5.4 under plantation and the species to be planted.

The proposed project is carried out by using Semi-mechanized open cast method; therefore the workers shall be trained to do their jobs in Occupational health impact of the project should be safe manner and shall be provided with anticipated and preventive measures initiated. protective equipments. Regular health checks 34 Details of pre-placement medical examination and shall be conducted. periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in EMP. The details of Occupational health aspects related to various activities and preventive and mitigative measures and details of health check up of employees are given in Section 4.13

Public health implication of the project and related PM10, SO2 and NOX are with in prescribed limit. activities for the population in the impact zone Noise levels are also within the limit of CPCB. 35 should be systematically evalutated and the Budgetary allocation for health care facility in proposed remidaial measures should be detailed study area are provided in Table 10-7 along with budgetary allocation Measures of socio economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be 36 provided by project proponent should be indicated. Please refer Section 3.18 As far as possible, quantitative dimension may be given with time frame for implementation. Detailed environmental management plan to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia also include the impact due to change of 37 Detailed EMP is provided in Section 10 land use, due to loss of agriculture land and grazing land, if any, occupational health impact besides other impacts of the projects. Public hearing points raised and commitment of the 38 project proponent on the same along with time Will be incorporated after public hearing bound action plan to implement the same.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 31

S. TORs References in Report No. Any litigation pending against the project and / or 39 any direction / order passed by any Court of Law Please refer Annexure 5 against the project, if so, details thereof.

Total cost of project would be ~ Rs.3044194.60. The cost of the project (capital cost and recurring The mine has been sanctioned by the 40 cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of Government for captive consumption only and EMP should clearly be spelt out. not for sale of products; hence the profitability factor does not arise at this stage

The following general points should be noted:

Sr. General Points Reference in Report No. A note confirming compliance of ToR, with cross a. reference of relevant sections/pages of the EIA report Complied should be provided All documents to be properly referenced with index, All documents are indexed, page numbered b. page number, and continuous page numbering. and presented in Table of Content. Where data are the presented in the report especially in c. the table, the period in which the data were collected Complied and the sources should be indicated. Where the documents provided are in a language other d. than the English, an English translation should be Complied provided. The questionnaire for environmental appraisal of e. mining projects as devised earlier by the Ministry shall Complied also be filled and submitted. Approved mine plan along with copy of the approval IBM approved mining plan is attached as f. letter for the proposed capacity should also be Annexure 11 submitted. While preparing the EIA Report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the consultants issued g. by MoEF vide O.M. No J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated Complied 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry should also be followed. Changes if any made in the basic scope and project parameter (As submitted in Form 1 and PFR while scuring TOR) should be brough to attention of MoEF with reason for such changes and permission should be h. sough, as the ToR may also have to be altered. Post Noted public hearing changes in structure and content of draft EIA/EMP report (Other than modification arising out of PH process) entail conducting PH again with revised docuements

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 32

Sr. General Points Reference in Report No. The EIA report should also include (i) surface plan of the area indicating contours of main topographic features, drainage and mining area, (ii) geological maps IBM approved mining plan with mining 8. and sections and (iii) sections of the mine pit and plates is attached as Annexure 11 external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area. The prescribed ToRs would be valid for a period of three years for submission of EIA/EMP reports, as per 9. Noted the O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 22.03.2010, 22.08.2014, 8.10.2014,7.11.2014 After preparing the draft EIA (as per the generic structure prescribed in Appendix-III of the EIA Notification, 2006) covering the above mentioned issues, the proponent will get the public hearing 10. Compiled conducted and take further necessary action for obtaining environmental clearance in accordance with the procedure prescribed under the EIA Notification, 2006

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 33

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 General Description of the Project

2.1.1 Project Profile

The project profile is presented in Table 2-1.

Table 2-1: Project Profile Project Enhancement of ROM Production Name of Lease / Area Rata Talab Bauxite Mine / 110.07 ha Survey No. 275/P Village / Taluka Mota Balachod, Abdasa District / State Kutch / Gujarat Semi-mechanized Open Cast Mining Method with induction of drilling and Mining Method blasting Proposed Area to be mined Area Proposed = 110.07 ha, out / Average Depth of Average Working Depth = 5.5 m bgl Mining Planned Production 1,10,022 TPA ROM of Bauxite Water Requirement 32.75 KLD (Dust Suppression, Domestic Use and Greenbelt Development) Plantation Details 50 saplings/year on 0.0250 Ha (as per mining plan)

2.1.2 Need for the Project

The main aim of this project is the use of bauxite for trading purpose as company strongly believes in supplying the best and consistent quality of Bauxite to its customers and the end-users across the world, according to their needs, and backed up by excellent quality control, logistics and shipping support. The project details mentioned in this chapter have been taken from the scheme of mining of the mine, as described in Chapter 2 of the report, duly approved by the Indian Bureau of Mines (IBM).

2.1.3 Topography

Regional Topography

The mining lease area is gently sloping consisting of three rectangular limbs joined by a narrow strip of land in North side, middle part of which forms part of naira river which flows towards Southwards. Topography of Eastern part of lease area is gently sloping towards south and west into Nariya river and the topography of western limb is partly sloping due east towards Nariya river and partly due south towards agricultural lands.

On the upper side of the drainage channel of Naria river flowing through the middle limb of the area, a part of river course is blocked by a check dam made with earthen embankment joining upper portion of both limbs forming a reservoir in the middle. Over the embankment a road is made to go from the eastern part to western part of the lease areaError! Reference source not found.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 34

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Map 2-1: Topographical and Contour Survey Map

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 35

2.1.4 Existing Landuse, General Topography and Break-up of the Lease

As per the IBM approved mining scheme, the Rata Talab bauxite mine is designated as Government Waste land where no forest land is involved. The lease area granted is a Government waste land, it is a piece of barren land, and no forest land is involved in the area. The existing landuse and break-up of the lease area is given in Table 2-2.

Table 2-2: Area Break-up of Mining Lease Area Area put Additional area Net area Total area considered as on use at requirement considered for Head (Ha.) fully reclaimed start of during plan calculation & rehabilated plan (Ha.) period (Ha.) (Ha.) (Ha.) Area under 7.6340 27.0090 5.4300 32.4390 21.6294 mining 3.1756 Storage of - - - - - Topsoil OB/dump 1.1600 1.1400 2.300 - 2.3000 Mineral Storage 1.6000 0.2000 1.8000 - 1.8000 Infrastructure 0.1400 - 0.1400 - 0.1400 Roads 1.3070 - 1.3070 - 1.3070 Railway - - - - - Green belt 0.1200 0.1250 0.2450 0.2450 0.2450 Tailing Pond - - - - - ETP - - - - - Mineral - - - - - Separation Plant Township area - - - - - Others - - - - - Total 31.336 6.8950 38.2310 10.8096 27.4214

2.1.5 Geology

Regional Geology

On the basis of the regional geological investigation carried out by the Central and State Government Geological Departments, the regional stratigraphic sequence is given in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3: Regional Stratigraphic Sequence Formation Average Thickness Topsoil / limestone 0.50 M Variegated Clay 2.00 M Bauxite 4.5 m Lithomargic Clay -

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 36

Main bauxite deposits are confined to the zone of laterite running for distance of 50kms falling within boundaries of Abdasa, Lakhpat, Nakhatrana and Mandvi talukas of Kutch district. Laterite is a porous, pitted clayey rock with red, yellow brown colour, thickness of laterite is 3 to 4m and gradually pass into clayey zone. Sand duunes, tidal flats and Rann clay represent sediment of sub recent and recent age. They are found near the Gulf of Kutch in north side and near Arabian Sea in south side.

Local Geology

It has been observed that the lease area is covered with a top layer of soil. In general thickness of soil cover is 0.50m. Bauxite is exposed in working pit of the area. In thickness of bauxite is 3.00 m. Recovery of high grade >50% Al2O3 is about 10% low grade is 90% of production. Recovery percentages of bauxite are 90% of ROM based on the result of excavation done so far in the area.

2.2 Review of Compliance Position

2.2.1 Mining Development and Exploration

According to the approved mining plan the lessee should have carried out mining over an area of 10.2205 Ha during the five year of mining plan period producing 338728 tonnes of bauxite. Further, the proposed mining was confined to the pit no. 1 & 5 only. During the five year mining plan period the lessee has carried out mining in the part of proposed area producing 77133 MT bauxite only.

2.2.2 Exploration

The exploration carried out during Mining Plan period and the reserve was estimated considering threshold value upto 30% of Al2O3. The recovery of Bauxite is considered as 90% of ROM. The exploration has been carried out in the lease area during last five year of Mining Plan period by developing working pits & putting exploratory pits. The lease area has been extensively mined since long and considerable portion have been exposed. The lease area is considered as mineralized area and major part is covered under proved (Category 111) reserves. It is proposed to put five trial pits during mining scheme period.

2.2.3 Waste Management

In the approved mining plan, the 20% of ROM were considered as a waste because of it is clayish material. It is observed that during the mining plan period lessee has stacked waste near & over old dump stack. OB was 1:0.5, as production during plan period is very less as compared to proposed plan production, hence OB generation including waste is also very less. Part of OB including waste was stacked over the surface within lease boundary & same will be removed in due course.

2.2.4 Afforestation

It was envisaged to plant 50 sapling every year during mining plan period. The lessee has taken up afforestation work and planted 125 sapling near office complex but only 50 plants have survived.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 37

2.3 Reserves

2.3.1 Nature of the Reserves

Mineral bauxite present is bedded in nature and is overlain by thin cover of soil and overburden (OB). Soil, limestone and bauxite is present in the lease area.

2.3.2 Estimation of Reserves

As in the ML mining operation is being done since 1976 working pit is available. Based on the geological data gathered from pit ore reserves were estimated in the ML.

In all 1779178 MT geological reserves of proved, probable & possible category has been calculated in approved mining plan.

Thus out of 1688278 MT of demonstrated reserved only reserves to the 1553278 MT were considered under mineable reserves. The recovery of bauxite was considered as 80% of ROM.

2.3.3 Category Wise reserves

Category wise reserves are shown in Table 2-4.

Table 2-4: Category wise Reserves of Bauxite (MT) Proved Category Probable Category (Category Remaining resources Area (Category 111) (MT) 121) (MT) (MT) 110.07 Ha. 2181850 515500 430370

2.3.4 Mineable Reserves

Mineable reserves estimated as total ~2697350 MT in the mine lease.

2.3.5 Exploration

Entire mine lease area is falling under proved, probable reserves and Remaining resources. Exploration is required. It is proposed to put five trial pits during mining scheme period.

2.4 Details of Mining

The information presented in this section are taken from IBM approved mining scheme

2.4.1 Method

The present method of mining is Semi mechanized open cast (OTFM) mining method as followed in other bauxite deposit. The bauxite horizon is present below a thin cover of soil which is a having a thickness 0.50 M & OB in north western part of 2.00M thick. The bauxite horizon is having thickness of 3.0m and thickness of soil cover is 0.5m.

In the proposed mining scheme, Mining will be carried out by semi mechanized open cast mining method with the induction of drilling and blasting.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 38

Drilling and Blasting

As per the approved mining plan, mining work will be carried out by semi mechanized open cast method with using excavator and tipper. Bauxite horizon is compact in nature and requires less drilling and blasting. Drilling done by jack hammer drill machine and blasting is being done by explosives. Drilling will be done with the help of jack hammer and portable compressor. The spacing and burden will be kept 1.00m and depth of hole will be 1.5m.

2.4.2 Year wise Mining Details

In the proposed mining scheme, the mining will be started from the south eastern part of lease area. Bauxite horizon occurs below thin cover of soil 0.5m thick. Bauxite mineral will be excavated by forming single bench of 3.00m as the thickness of bauxite zone is 3.0m. The width of bench will also be kept as 10.0m. Drilling and blasting will be done for mineral bauxite only. The part of bauxite present in the proposed mining is suitable for captive use and pit already exists in the proposed area.

In the proposed mining scheme, the soil will be scraped and stacked temporally near working pit no bench will be formed for soil. Then clay will be removed bauxite present in the area is about 3m thick. Bauxite will be excavated by forming one bench of 3m height the width of benches will be kept as 10m.

First Year (2013-14)

During first year mining will be started at the pit floor from south-eastern part of lease area from pit no.8 by increasing depth by 1 m to recover bauxite left out during earlier mining. During this year part of pit no. 8 will be mined out in the area as shown in yearwise plan and section plate. Bauxite having an average thickness of 1.0 m will be excavated by forming one bench.

Second Year (2014-15)

In second year mining will be carried out at pit floor for pit no. 5,6,7&8 upto bottom of bauxite ore so that partly excavate pit no. 5,6,7 & 8 will be excavated. The depth of pits will be increased by 1 mt. besides above for undertaking systematic work, it is also proposed to join pit no. 5 & 8 by removing top lateritic soil then mining bauxite ore of 3M.

Third Year (2015-16)

During third year of scheme period, it is proposed to join pit no. 6,7 & 8 to form a single pit in southern part of lease area. About 10,600 sq.mt fresh area will be covered under mining so as to join these pits. Bauxite will be mined upto lithomargic clay.

Fourth Year (2016-17)

During the fourth year mining will be carried out in both parts of lease area. In south eastern part of lease area, the face formed at the end of 3rd year will be advanced in north west direction. Soil will be scrapped first then bauxite will be mined upto lithomargic clay in one bench. About 7600 sq.mt fresh area will be covered under mining during this year in south eastern part of lease area.

In north western part of lease area it is proposed to join pit 2&3. About 7600 sq mt. fresh area will be covered under mining.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 39

Fifth Year (2017-18)

In the fifth year mining will be carried out both in south-eastern & north-eastern part of lease area. In south eastern part of lease area, the face formed at the end of fourth year will be further extended in north west direction. In north western part of lease area the face formed at the end of fourth year will be further advanced northerly.

2.4.3 Production of Bauxite Ore

The year wise details of volume of bauxite ore to be excavated and the production tonnage of considering the recovery percentage of plant grade bauxite are presented in Table 2-5.

Table 2-5: Year wise Production during five year Scheme Period Volume (m3) Production Production of High Recovery Waste of Low Grade Tonnage of Bauxite (10% of Grade Year Bauxite of ROM (90% of ROM) Bauxite OB ROM (MT) ROM) MT MT (MT) 90% 10% of of recovery recovery 2013-14 - 50000 110000 99000 11000 89100 9900 2014-15 3665 50000 110000 99000 11000 89100 9900 2015-16 5300 50000 110000 99000 11000 89100 9900 2016-17 26550 49800 109560 98604 10956 88744 9860 2017-18 33325 50010 110022 99020 11002 89818 9902 Total 68840 249810 549560 494624 54958 445862 49462

2.4.4 Production of Overburden (OB)

In the proposed mining no OB is likely to be generated. The waste that is likely to be generated will be in the form of associated clay with the bauxite horizon as mineral waste, which is below the threshold grade, which has no sale value. The yearly rate of generation is presented in Table 2-6.

Table 2-6: Year wise OB and Waste Generation OB including Waste Volume Total insitu Volume Expanded volume Year Soil Vol. in M3 of waste in M3 of waste in M3 in M3 2013-14 - 5000 5000 6500 2014-15 3665 5000 8665 11265 2015-16 5300 5000 10300 13390 2016-17 26550 4980 31530 40989 2017-18 33325 5001 38325 49823 Total 68840 24980 93820 121967

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 40

2.4.5 Stacking of Mineral Rejects and Disposal of Waste

Nature of Waste

In the proposed mining no OB is likely to be generated will be consist of variegated clay with limestone and soil. The soil present in the area is less fertile. The 10% of ROM will be generated as waste. The waste in the form of associated clay with the bauxite horizon which is below the threshold value and has no sale value. The yearly rate of generation is presented in Table 2-6.

Selection of Dumping Site

In the proposed mining scheme, it is suggested that the old stacked OB and waste generated during scheme period will be backfilled in mined out void and top soil will be spread over it. As available voids are much more the required ones, the problem for disposal of waste will not be there. The waste generated in next five years will be refilled into the matured voids. All waste will be backfilled into the voids. Details about the area available and backfilling are given in Table 2-7.

Method of Dumping and Maximum Height and Spread of Dump

Backfilling of waste will be done side by side at the time of generation itself hence question of its height and spread does not arise. As volume of voids is much more than material available for backfilling, backfilling of the entire mined out land upto original ground level will not be possible. Therefore north part of of mined out area will be backfilled upto original ground level and other part of the mined out area will be used as water reservoir.

2.4.6 Extent of Backfilling

Details of backfilling are shown in Table 2-7.

Table 2-7: Details of Backfilling in North western part Area Total Volume of Avg. Depth of proposed to Area to be Backfilling Year Mined out Backfilling be mined out Backfilled (m2) Material (m3) Voids (m3) (m) (m2) 2013-14 - - - - - 2014-15 - - - - - 2015-16 19400 19400 2640 14522 5.5 2016-17 9100 + 4200 50050 + 4200 6015 33085 5.5 2017-18 15520 68860 8286 45573 5.5 24620 + 23600 93180 TOTAL 142510 16941 5.5 (Pit Floor)

Table 2-8: Details of Backfilling in South eastern part Area proposed Volume of Total Avg. Depth of Area to be Year to be mined out Mined out Backfilling Backfilling Backfilled (m2) (m2) Voids (m3) Material (m3) (m) 2013-14 50000 50000 1857 6500 3.5 2014-15 29000 50000 6361 22265 3.5

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 41

Area proposed Volume of Total Avg. Depth of Area to be Year to be mined out Mined out Backfilling Backfilling Backfilled (m2) (m2) Voids (m3) Material (m3) (m) 2015-16 10600 35900 3105 10860 3.5 2016-17 7600 26600 2258 7904 3.5 2017-18 4150 14525 1234 4310 3.5 TOTAL 79000 (Pit Floor) 177025 14815 51839 3.5

Plantation

In the proposed mining scheme it is proposed to carry out afforestation on statutory barriers with the rate of ~50 saplings per year. The year wise plantation details are shown in Table 2-9.

Table 2-9: Year wise Plantation Details Year No. of Saplings Area (m2)

2013-14 50 250 2014-15 50 250 2015-16 50 250 2016-17 50 250 2017-18 50 250 Total 250 1250

2.5 Conceptual Mining Plan

2.5.1 Mineral Exploration

As shown in Table 2-4, entire mine lease area falls under probable and possible category. Therefor exploration is required. Hence it is proposed to put five trial pit during scheme period.

2.5.2 Ultimate Pit Limit

In the ML area the ore blocks limits are determined either by the limit of the ML boundary or by the limits of the ore body. These limit have been duly marked on the geological plan and conceptual plan has been prepared upto life of mine. The length & width of ultimate pits will vary from 300m to 750m & 80m to 500m, reserves over average depth will be about 5m. during next 25 years, the entire lease area leaving statutory barrier will be converted into three pits. Entire lease area will be converted into three pits separated by road and reservoir and their barriers.

2.5.3 Site Adequacy for Disposal of Waste

The past experience of mining activity in the mining lease as well as the details of maturity of voids after mining marked out in the present mining scheme has shown that the voids created by mining will be much larger than the required for filling the waste rocks and soil. Therefore the complete backfilling of the mined out area is not possible. Therefore, south eastern part and north western part of the mined out area will be backfilled in rest of the part of the mined out area will be converted into a water reservoir.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 42

2.5.4 Afforestation Programme upto the end of Conceptual Plan

It is proposed to plant 50 sapling every year on backfilled area and statutory barrier because there is scarity of sweet water and due to high salinity, plant survival is difficult.

2.5.5 Post Mining Landuse

After the completion of mining in proposed minig scheme, it is envisaged to extend further upto area under proposed mining and degraded during scheme period. Entire mineralized area will be mined out in next 25 years. It has also been proposed in mining scheme to reclaim part of mined out area by backfilling.

2.6 Water and Wastewater Management

2.6.1 Source

 For domestic use water will be supplied by the means of tankers from the nearby village.  For greenbelt development and dust suppression water stored in mined out pits will be used.

2.6.2 Requirement

Water will be supplied by tanker for domestic use; water stored in old pits will be used for plantation and dust suppression. Total amount of water required is 32.75 KLD

Table 2-10: Water Consumption

S. No. Topic Average Water Consumption (KLD)

1 Mine operation 0 2 Land reclamation 0 3 Dust suppression 27 4 Domestic /Drinking 3.15 5 Green Belt 2.6 6 Beneficiation 0 7 Washeries 0 8 Fire Service 0 Total 32.75

Source: Questionnaire by MoEF, Mining sector projects

2.6.3 Wastewater Generation and Disposal

There will not be any wastewater generation form the mining activities. The domestic waste will be soaked in the soak pits. This is shown in Table 2-11.

Table 2-11: Wastewater Generation Average Wastewater S. No. Topic Mode of Disposal Generation (KLD) 1 Mine operation 0 -

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 43

Average Wastewater S. No. Topic Mode of Disposal Generation (KLD) 2 Land reclamation 0 - 3 Dust suppression 0 - 4 Domestic/ Drinking 2.52 Soak Pit 5 Green Belt 0 - 6 Beneficiation 0 - 7 Washeries 0 - 8 Fire Service 0 - Total 2.52

The detailed water balance diagram is shown in Figure 2-1.

Figure 2-1: Water Balance Diagram

2.7 Mine Drainage

2.7.1 Ground Water

The water table in the area is 12 to 15m below the general ground level during the monsoon. Ground water in the area is generally saline and salinity increases with passage of time adter mosoon. The water table of the area will not be tapped by working so there is no problem of lowering of water table of the region..

2.7.2 Strom Water

The rain water will get collected in the mined out pits and as a common practice is used by the mine owners for dust suppression and greenbelt development.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 44

2.8 Air Emissions

There is open cast mining over the area without drilling and blasting any deforestation activity so it will not have a significant impact on air quality or climatic conditions. Although, plying of trucks will produce some noise and dust and there magnitude will be study and presented in this report. In addition to this, there is not much suspended dust in air of the area except in summer during the storms. The rocks of lease area are soft and very less drilling and blasting is required. Thus subsequent quality of the air is hardly affected. Due to simple nature of mining no chemical or toxic effluents are discharged in the area. The detailed ambient air quality modeling is presented in Chapter 4 of this EIA report.

2.8.1 Point Source Emissions

There is no D.G Set installed for the process of mining. Hence, the marginal emissions of Suspended

Particulate Matter (SPM), Oxide of Sulphur (SO2), and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) will not occur from these sources.

2.8.2 Line Source Emissions

During movement of vehicles dust emissions will be generated and this has been considered in the modeling exercise.

2.8.3 Area Source Emissions

Area source emissions in the form of particulate matter (PM) are likely to occur due to:

 Open pits generated after mining operations, and  Stored piles of mined bauxite

The modeling has been carried out using the AERMOD. Detailed emission study and their findings are presented in Chapter 4 of this EIA report.

2.9 Utilities Required

Key utilities required by OAL are discussed in subsequent paragraphs.

2.9.1 Electricity

The mine will work for eight hours i.e. general shift only. Diesel, ~3 lit/hr, will be used as fuel for running pump for dewatering in rainy season that too for some time.

2.9.2 Fuel Details

Diesel, ~3 lit/hr, will be used as fuel for running pump for dewatering in rainy season that too for some time.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 45

2.10 Machinery Details

2.10.1 Excavator and Loading Equipment

Details of machinery required for excavation and loading are given in Table 2-12.

2.10.2 Excavator and Loading Equipment

Details of machinery required for excavation and loading are given in Table 2-12.

Table 2-12: Machinery required for Excavation and Loading Bucket Motive S.No. Type No. Make HP capacity (m3) Power 1 Excavator 1 0.90 TATA Diesel 97

2.10.3 Haulage Equipment

Details of machinery required for excavation and loading are given in Table 2-13.

Table 2-13: Machinery required for Haulage Size capacity Motive S.No. Type No. Make HP (Tonnes) Power 1 Tippers 4 15 TATA Diesel 97

Table 2-14: Machinery required for Driling Diameter of Hole in Motive Power S.No. Type No. Make MM HP 1 Jack Hammer 1 32 Atlas Capco - 2 Compressor 1 100 Ctf/m Arlas Capco 75

2.11 Mineral Beneficiation

There will be only hand sorting of mineral by visual estimation of experienced worker. No other mineral beneficiation is proposed.

2.12 Transportation

2.13 Site Facilities

As regards to specific mine site service requirements, the position is as follows:

2.13.1 Mine Office

It is an existing mine lease and thus, a mine office is present within the lease area.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 46

2.13.2 Blasting Shelter

Blating shelter is present within the lease area

2.13.3 Water Supply

Water for domestic purpose and for greenbelt development will be supplied from the well present in nearby village. For dust suppression, along with the water supplied the water stored in mined out pits will also be used.

2.13.4 Workshop and Stores

There is no need of workshop. A simple store for keeping implements, store is provided along with office cum rest shelter.

2.14 Cost of the Project

Total cost of project would be ~ Rs.3044194.60. The mine has been sanctioned by the Government for captive consumption only and not for sale of products; hence the profitability factor does not arise at this stage.

2.15 Employment Potential

Managerial and supervisory staff likely to be employed at the mine is given in Table 2-15.

Table 2-15: Staff Required for Mining S. Designation No. of People No. 1 Full time Mining Engineer 1 2 Mines Manager 1 3 Geologist 1 4 Mining mate cum blaster 1 8 Un-skiled worker 66 Total 70

Mining operations shall not be conducted unless qualified supervisory staffs are appointed as required under the Rules 42 (1) b (ii) of the MCDR 1988.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 47

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Introduction

This chapter provides an overview of the environmental baseline conditions within the proposed project area that might be affected by the proposed facilities/activities. The environmental baseline survey included collection of primary and secondary data.

3.2 Methodology

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey considered the guidelines given in the EIA Manual of the MoEF. Baseline information with respect to air, noise, water and land quality in the study area were collected by conducting primary sampling / field studies during the Summer season of 2015 i.e. March, April, May 2015. The characteristics of baseline status of study area with respect to the parameters are discussed.

3.2.1 Primary Data Collection

 Micro metereology  Ambient air quality  Noise  Groundwater and surface water quality  Soil quality  Land use pattern  Ecology and Biodiversity  Socio Economic

3.2.2 Secondary Data Collection

 Flora and Fauna  Socio-economic conditions  Sensitive areas such as forests, sanctuaries, places of historical, archeological and tourist importance

3.3 Study Area included in Environmental Setting3

The study area is considered to be the mining leases area, and an additional area at a distance of 10 km all around the periphery of mining leases.

3 Source: As per circular of MoEF, dated 7th December 2004

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 48

3.4 Meteorology

The climate in the region is characterized by a hot summer and general dryness except in the southwest monsoon season. The year may be divided into four seasons. The cold season from December to February is followed by the hot season from March to May. The period from June to September is the Southwest monsoon season. October and November constitute the post-monsoon or retreating monsoon season.

3.4.1 Long Term Meteorology

The climate in the region shows broadly four seasonal variations, namely:

Winter : December - February

Summer : March – Mid June

Monsoon : Mid June - September

Post-monsoon : October - November

Information presented in subsequent paragraphs is from the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables. These tables give useful information about a region’s weather, since they are collected over a 30-year period.

3.4.2 Long Term Climatological Data for Porbandar4

Temperature

Mean daily maximum temperature is recorded in the month of May at 40.1 °C.

From October to December, both day and night temperatures begin to decrease rapidly. January is generally the coldest month, with a minimum temperature of 12.1 °C.

During the post-monsoon months of October and November, day temperatures remain between 20.7 – 15.8 ºC. In winters, i.e. December, January and February, average day temperatures remain between 9.8- 12.8 ºC.

Wind

Long- term wind direction data is presented in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1: Predominant Wind Direction Predominant Wind Month First Second Third Morning Morning Morning January NW N CALM February NW N CALM

Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables (1961-1990), Bhuj (A)

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 49

Predominant Wind Month First Second Third Morning Morning Morning March NW SW N April SW NW W May SW W NW June SW E SE July SW W S August SW W NW September SW W NW October NW N CALM November NW N CALM/NE December N NW NE

Cloud Cover

Cloud cover details are not given in Climatological Normal (1961-1990).

Rainfall

The total rainfall in year is observed to be 319.8 mm. Distribution of rainfall by season is 4.1 mm in winter (December, January, February), 6.1 mm in summer (March, April, May), 298.6 mm in monsoons (June, July, August, September) and 11 mm in post-monsoon (October - November).

Humidity

Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by post-monsoons, winter and summer in that order. Mornings are more humid than evenings and humidity ranges from a high of 73-80% in monsoon mornings to a low of 22-24% in winter evenings. During post-monsoon season, in morning humidity remains between 47-57% and in the evening it remains between 24-28%.

3.5 Site Specific Meteorology

Site-specific meteorological data representing the summer season of 2015 (March, April, May) have been collected from the site. The parameters for which data have been collected are:

 Wind speed  Wind direction  Temperature  Relative humidity

3.5.1 Monitoring Methodology for Metrological Data

Monitoring methodology for meteorological data is given in Table 3-2

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 50

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED GUJARAT MEASURES

Table 3-2: Monitoring Methodol Env. Sample collection Sample Analysis Component Total S. Sampling Sampling Sensitivity/ Sensitivity/ and Sampling Sampling Analytical Methodology Remarks No. Parametersogy of MeteorologicalFrequency Data Detection Detection Sampling Period equipment Equipment Location Limit Limit Wind speed: Anemometer 2% cup counter (0° to 65°) Wind direction: Wind speed, Hourly for 1 ° Wind vane As per Wind all Meteorology, Summer (0° to 357°) manufacturer’s direction, parameters 1 Sampling Season Temperature: - - manual. - Temperature, except cloud Location 2015 Thermometer 0.1°C Instruments are Relative cover (3 (-40° to 60°) calibrated. humidity hourly) Humidity: Relative 3% Humidity meter Rain fall: Rain 0.2 to 0.5 mm gauge

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 51

3.6 Site Specific Data of Summer Season (March, April, May 2015)

Site-specific meteorological data shows that:

 Average wind speed in summer season was 3.5 m/sec and mostly the evening hours are windier with maximum wind speed of 4.7 m/sec.  The meteorological data collected at site during summer season shows that wind blows predominantly from West direction.  Average temperature recorded for summer season was 32.1°C with maximum temperature 38.5°C.  The average humidity recorded was 38.9% with maximum humidity of 59.4% and minimum of 18.5%.

The data obtained have then been compiled to obtain average data. Windrose diagram prepared for summer season is shown as Figure 3-1

Compiled mean meteorological data are represented in Table 3-3.

Table 3-3 : Mean/ Predominant Meteorological Data Wind Speed Wind Cloud Cover Time Temp °C Humidity % (m/sec) Direction 0 30.3 46.4 3.5 W 5.7 1 29.2 48.9 3.2 W 5.6 2 28.0 51.5 3.0 W 5.8 3 26.8 53.3 2.8 W 6.7 4 26.3 55.5 2.6 W 7.3 5 25.8 57.6 2.5 W 7.8 6 25.5 59.4 2.4 W 8.8 7 27.3 55.8 2.6 W 6.8 8 28.4 51.9 2.7 W 5.8 9 29.1 49.1 2.9 W 5.3 10 31.9 38.5 3.1 W 4.7 11 31.9 38.5 3.1 W 4.7 12 36.0 23.7 3.4 W 4.2 13 37.3 21.4 3.6 W 4.8 14 38.1 19.8 3.8 W 5.4 15 38.5 18.5 4.0 W 6.0 16 37.9 19.6 4.3 W 5.6 17 37.3 20.7 4.5 W 5.7 18 36.8 21.9 4.7 W 6.1 19 35.8 27.4 4.5 W 5.5 20 34.7 32.7 4.3 W 5.1 21 33.6 37.0 4.2 W 4.9

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 52

Wind Speed Wind Cloud Cover Time Temp °C Humidity % (m/sec) Direction 22 32.7 40.8 3.9 W 4.9 23 31.6 44.3 3.8 W 5.0 Average 32.1 38.9 3.5 W 5.8

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 53

Figure 3-1: Windrose Diagram for Winter Season Note: Frequencies indicate the direction from which wind is blowing

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 54

3.7 Ambient Air Quality

3.7.1 Season and Period of Monitoring

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out during the summer season of 2015 i.e. March, April, and May.

3.7.2 Selected Sampling Stations

The locations for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring were decided based on the ToR, which states collection of one season (non-monsoon) primary baseline data on ambient air quality (PM10, SO2, and

NOX) and the location of the monitoring should be justified. Accordingly, the criterion was selected to ascertain quality of air at important human settlements. Locations selected for ambient air quality monitoring are presented in Table 3-4 and shown in Map 3-1.

Table 3-4: Ambient Air Monitoring Locations AAQM Station Location AA1 Sanosara Village AA2 Kanday Village AA3 Rata Talab Village AA4 Bhimpur Village AA5 Balachod Moti Village AA6 Mothala Village

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 55

Map 3-1: Sampling Locations Map

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 56

3.7.3 Sampling Frequency

The frequency of monitoring was 24 hrs twice a week at each station spread over the season, with gaseous samples being changed six times (at 48-hour intervals).

3.7.4 Parameters Monitored and Methods Used

The parameters monitored were Particulate Matter (PM10), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), and Oxides of

Nitrogen (NOX). These parameters have been selected based on the guidance given by the MoEF in the Mining EIA Questionnaire. The detailed monitoring methodology for ambient air is given in Table 3-5.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 57

Table 3-5: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring Env. Sample collection Sample Analysis Component Total S. Sampling Sampling Sensitivity/ Sensitivity/ and Sampling Sampling Analytical Methodology Remarks No. Parameters Frequency Detection Detection Sampling Period equipment Equipment Limit Limit Locations

Gravimetric PM: PM10 1 µg/m3 Electronic balance 0.001 mg (HVS) - IS: - Sampler 5182: Part 4

Two 24 - SO2: hour Manometer SO2: IS: 5182: Ambient Air Summer 1.27 µg/m3 - PM10, SO2, samples reading for Spectrophotometer Part 3 1 Quality for 6 Season As per NOX every week air flow locations 2015 at each manometer station NOX: calibration Manometer certificate NOX: IS: 5182: 0.19 µg/m3 - reading for Spectrophotometer Part 6 air flow

3.7.5 Results of Ambient Air Monitoring

Results of ambient air monitoring are presented in Table 3-6.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 58

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR MINING OF 1, 78,794 TPA ROM OF BAUXITE IN LEASE AREA 65.3971 HA, SURVEY NO. 185, 286, 290 & 299, VILLAGE PALAKHADA, SAURASHTRA MINERALS PVT LTD TALUKA & DISTRICT PORBANDAR, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

Table 3-6: Average Ambient Air Conc CPCB Norms

S.No. Limits for Different Zones for Different Averaging Intervals PM10 SO2 NOX

1 Industrial, Residential,entrations Rural and during Others, Summer 24 hrs Season 100 80 80 2 Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.), 24 hrs 100 80 80

3 Industrial, Residential, Rural and Others, Annual 60 50 40

4 Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.), Annual 60 20 30

Parameters & Results

Station 3 Location (CPCB Designation) Note: All units are in µg/Nm . Figures in brackets indicate code CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable Readings are 3 3 8 µg/Nm for SO2, 10 µg/Nm for NOX

PM10 (100) SO2 (80) NOX (80) AA1 Sanosara Village [24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours]

Maximum 98 15.4 21.9 Minimum 24 8.8 10.0

Average 46 9.0 14.3 98%tile 94 14.5 21.2

PM10 (100) SO2 (80) NOX (80) AA2 Kanday Village [24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours] Maximum 83 13.7 29.2 Minimum 33 8.3 10.3

Average 53 10.4 17.3 98%tile 83 13.3 26.1

PM10 (100) SO2 (80) NOX (80) AA3 Rata Talab Village [24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours]

Maximum 99 24.5 33.7

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 59

CPCB Norms

S.No. Limits for Different Zones for Different Averaging Intervals PM10 SO2 NOX

1 Industrial, Residential, Rural and Others, 24 hrs 100 80 80

2 Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.), 24 hrs 100 80 80

3 Industrial, Residential, Rural and Others, Annual 60 50 40

4 Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.), Annual 60 20 30

Parameters & Results

Station 3 Location (CPCB Designation) Note: All units are in µg/Nm . Figures in brackets indicate code CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable Readings are 3 3 8 µg/Nm for SO2, 10 µg/Nm for NOX

Minimum 31 8.0 10.2 Average 67 10.6 17.2 98%tile 98 23.5 31.0

PM10 (100) SO2 (80) NOX (80) AA4 Bhimpar Village [24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours] Maximum 78 15.7 31.8 Minimum 33 8.0 10.0

Average 56 9.8 18.0 98%tile 75 13.9 31.8

PM10 (100) SO2 (80) NOX (80) AA5 Balachod Moti Village [24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours]

Maximum 87 44.2 21.45 Minimum 25 8.0 10.0

Average 52 12.5 16.1 98%tile 86 32.9 21.1

PM10 (100) SO2 (80) NOX (80) AA6 Mothala Village [24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours]

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 60

CPCB Norms

S.No. Limits for Different Zones for Different Averaging Intervals PM10 SO2 NOX

1 Industrial, Residential, Rural and Others, 24 hrs 100 80 80

2 Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.), 24 hrs 100 80 80

3 Industrial, Residential, Rural and Others, Annual 60 50 40

4 Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.), Annual 60 20 30

Parameters & Results

Station 3 Location (CPCB Designation) Note: All units are in µg/Nm . Figures in brackets indicate code CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable Readings are 3 3 8 µg/Nm for SO2, 10 µg/Nm for NOX

Maximum 95 26.5 35.5 Minimum 30 8.2 10.6 Average 60 14.4 18.2 98%tile 95 23.6 30.6

A comparison of the above results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB indicates:

 Average readings indicate that, at all the stations PM10, SO2, and NOx are within the prescribed limits of CPCB for respective categories.

 Low concentrations of SO2 and NOx are reported at all locations.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 61

MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF THE LANDUSE

3.8 Land Use

3.8.1 Objectives

Kadam Environmental Consultants has entrusted the work, to carry out “Satellite Data Interpretation and Ground Observations within 10 km radius of the project site located at Abdasa taluka, Kachchh” to Dr. Jessica P. Karia. The objectives of work were as mentioned below:

Supervision of present land use/cover pattern studies using satellite data of 10 km radius of project site.

To accomplish the objective the following steps were undertaken:

 Study and collection of relevant documents and maps  Checking of interpreted land use map  Field Survey / Ground Truthing  Generation of final land use land cover map

3.8.2 Classification of Land use and Land cover

The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey using Remote Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission for classifying land by visual interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output resulted in a two-level system of classification, comprising seven first level of classification of land use / landcover categories. Some of these categories required further classification, leading to a second level of classification that resulted in further sub-categories.

This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s landuse / landcover studies. Whilst these categories are generally found relevant with respect to describing landuse and landcover classes in the Indian context, sometimes modifications are required, and made, to include additional sub-categories which are more relevant in describing the landuse and landcover for a particular study. Such sub-categories are defined, in any case.

A synopsis of the above discussion is summarized and presented in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Synopsis of Landuse / Landcover Classification Used for the Project S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification Residential / Commercial 1. Built-up Land or Habitation Industrial Crop Land 2. Agricultural Land Fallow Land Plantations Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests Deciduous Forests Degraded Forest or Scrub 3. Forests Forest Blank Forest Plantations Mangroves Salt-Affected Land 4. Wastelands Waterlogged Land Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 62

MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF THE LANDUSE

S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification Gullied / Ravenous Land Land without Scrub Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic) Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks 5. Water Bodies River Beds Shifting Cultivation Salt pan 6. Others Grassland / Grazing Land/ Grass cover Snow Covered / Glacial Area Mining Area Scrub 7. Vegetation Cover Open vegetation Close vegetation

3.8.3 Study Area

The study area has been defined as an area covering the buffer distance of 10 km of project site at Abdasa taluka, Kachchh District of Gujarat.

3.8.4 Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies

The methodology employed for preparation of Land use/ cover map included:

 Data Collection  Interpretation of satellite data  Ground truth study  Final Map preparation

Data Collection

Downloading of Google Earth images

Topographical maps as base map

Quick reconnaissance survey of the study area to get a feel of the entire ground area which can aid in the preliminary interpretation of the data.

Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded Google Earth images was interpreted considering the basic elements of interpretation such as tone, size, shape, texture, pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and ancillary information collected during the preliminary reconnaissance survey the interpretation was accomplished.

Ground truth study

The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted land uses are correct thus improving the quality of the output. It also allows interaction with local parties and stakeholders, thereby giving background information on the landuse.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 63

MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF THE LANDUSE

Final Map preparation

The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages was derived for the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories of land use and land cover, and were then written on the prepared land use and land cover maps.

3.8.5 Ground Survey

The field survey was carried out around radial distance of 10 km from the project site. The survey consisted of traversing the study area, cross-checking of identified features with those represented on the map. Field notes were kept in the form of log sheets that recorded information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs and identified landuses. Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation were also recorded.

Field visit dates by FAE (LU) Dr. Jessica Karia were as follows:

 20th May, 2015

The field survey was carried out around radial distance of 10 km from the project site. Kadam’s land use and land cover Functional Area Expert visited the site for quality check of the map.

GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in interpretation of the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot checks were also done to confirm the land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence of interpretation was high. Table 3-8 enumerates the land features and its corresponding GPS readings of all the ground truthing locations selected.

Table 3-8: GPS readings within study area Sr. No Latitude Longitude Location Category

1. 230 11’50.3” N 690 16’34.6” E Roha Mango Planation 2. Roha Khajur & Pomogranate 230 11’18.0” N 690 16’44.2” E Plantation 3. Roha Reserve Forest - Scrub 230 11’22.2” N 690 16’18.1” E land 4. 230 12’28.6” N 690 13’49.0” E Sanosara Village 5. 230 10’59.5” N 690 13’32.8” E Near Naredi Scrub 6. 230 10’43.7” N 690 11’13.2” E Near Naredi Scrub 7. 230 09’11.2” N 690 11’26.4” E Bhitara Village 8. 230 08’09.3” N 690 09’30.4” E Near Vandh Open Vegetation

9. 230 10’19.7” N 690 07’50.8” E Kankavati Village 10. 230 09’56.9” N 690 07’52.8” E Kankavati Dam 11. 230 11’05.4” N 690 08’07.2” E Near Kankavati Scrub land 12. Towards Open Vegetation 230 14’39.1” N 690 08’32.2” E Kandhya 13. 230 15’58.7” N 690 08’41.4” E Khanpar Tributary 14. 230 16’10.5” N 690 09’25.6” E Towards Piyoni Eucalyptus plantation 15. 230 16’43.1” N 690 10’46.6” E Piyoni Village 16. Towards Rampar Papaya plantation 230 16’30.3” N 690 11’33.0” E (Roha) 17. 230 15’41.3” N 690 13’24.6” E Naranpar Scrub 18. 230 14’06.4” N 690 14’43.6” E Naranpar Reserve Forest - Open

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 64

MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF THE LANDUSE

Sr. No Latitude Longitude Location Category

19. 230 12’45.4” N 690 10’51.1” E Ratatalav Village 20. Ratatalav Project Site - Prosopis 230 13’11.9” N 690 10’42.0” E cover Restored area 21. Ratatalav Project Site - Prosopis 230 12’53.9” N 690 10’42.8” E cover 22. Ratatalav Project Site - Mined and 230 12’59.1” N 690 10’38.4” E stored 23. 230 12’27.2” N 690 15’06.9” E Near Roha Black stone crushing

3.9 Landuse and Land cover Pattern Study

The land use and land cover of the above mentioned study area comprises of various categories. The features identified have been presented, considering the discussion provided in Table 3-9.

Table 3-9 : Classification system S. No Primary Classification Secondary Classification 1. Build up land or Habitation Residential / Commercial 2. Agricultural Land Crop/ Fallow Land 3. Wastelands Plantation 4. Land without Scrub 5. Muddy Area 6. Beach Area 7. Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks 8. Water Bodies River Beds 9. Sea 10. Scrub 11. Vegetation Cover Open Vegetation 12. Close Vegetation 13. Mining Area Others 14. Grass Cover

The images classified into the above-mentioned classes for different regions of interest are given in Map 3-2. It was observed that the land uses generally exhibit similar characteristics across the region, whilst certain land uses differs. All land uses are discussed in the subsequent sub-sections.

Built-up Land

Residential / Commercial

The study area had habitations which were in both Nakhatrana and Abdasa taluka of Kachchh district.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 65

MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF THE LANDUSE

Agricultural Land

Crop Land/Fallow Land

The agriculture land within study area was 28.27 per cent of the study area, which is second most observed category. The crops grown during rainy seasons were Juwar (Sorghum vulgare), Bajra (Pennisetum glaucum), Mung (Vigna radiata), and Til (Sesamum indicum). Usually there is one season crop if good rains then in winters crops like Castor (Ricinus communis), Isabgul (Plantago ovate) and wheat (Triticum aestivum) were grown. Other crops grown were Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum), Groundnut (Arachis hypogaea), and Guvar in some area where there was bore.

Plantation

Plantation in the area was mainly of Papaya, Pomogranate, Date palm, Mango, Banana and at places Eucalyptus, Casurina, Khair plantations were also seen.

Wastelands

Land without Scrub

The class Land without Scrub was 2.56 per cent of the study area.

Muddy Area

Muddy area was 0.16 per cent of the study area along the waterbody.

Water Bodies

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

Water bodies covered 0.28 per cent of area. There were big reservoirs at Kankavati and Bhawanipur villages.

River bed

Nalra and Kankavati rivers and its tributaries flows through the study area.

Vegetation Cover

Scrub

The scrub region was most observed category in the region covering 37.38 per cent of the area.

Open Vegetation

Open vegetation region was third most observed class with 24.29 per cent of the area.

Close Vegetation

Close vegetation region was only 0.44 per cent of the area.

Forests

Scrub (Forest)

Scrub within forest area was 1.81 per cent of the area.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 66

MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF THE LANDUSE

Open Forest

The open forest in the region was mostly mixed thorny species.

Close Forest

The close forest was just 0.02 percent mostly in Bhittara RF.

Others

Mining Area

The mining areas within study area were distributed which was mostly of Bauxite.

3.9.1 Class Wise Area Statistics

The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table 3-10.

Table 3-10: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area Primary Secondary Area, Secondary Class Area, Primacy Class Sr. No. Classification Classification km2 Ha. ~% km2 Ha. ~% Built-up Land or Residential / 1. Habitation Commercial 2.45 245 0.67 2.49 248.79 0.68 2. Industrial Area 0.04 3.79 0.01 Crop Land/Fallow Agricultural Land 3. Land 103.68 10368 28.27 105.17 10517.05 28.68 Plantation 1.49 149.05 0.41 Wastelands Land without Scrub 9.39 939 2.56 4. 9.97 996.8 2.72 Muddy Area 0.58 57.8 0.16

Reservoir / Lakes / Water Bodies Ponds / Tanks 5. 1.04 103.6 0.28 9.65 964.58 2.63

River 8.61 860.98 2.35 Scrub 137.08 13708.4 37.38 6. Vegetation Cover Open Vegetation 89.09 8908.84 24.29 227.79 22779.24 62.12 Close Vegetation 1.62 162 0.44 7. Forests Scrub (Forest) 6.64 664.46 1.81 8. Open Forest 3.05 304.75 0.83 9.76 976.43 2.66 9. Close Forest 0.07 7.22 0.02 10. Others Mining Area 1.88 188 0.51 1.88 188 0.51

The most observed category in the region was scrub, agriculture and open vegetation classes as per area covered. This concludes the land use identification and description component of study.

3.9.2 Final Map Preparation

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 67

MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, DISTRICT M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED KUTCH, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF THE LANDUSE

Map 3-2: Landuse / Landcover map of Study Area

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 68

3.10 Noise

3.10.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level

Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations. Background noise quality is monitored in dB (A) Leq(d) and dB (A) Leq (n) at the selected locations.

Methodology for Noise level analysis:

 Identification of sources of noise and vibrations at proposed project.  Identification of baseline monitoring station within study area.  Noise sampling during study period and report its results.  To run Sound plan software for assessment of noise levels.  Determining possible impacts of Noise & Vibrations on the environment.  Checking whether the increase of SPL in the locations surrounding the project.  Suggestions of mitigation measures of Noise/Vibrations and to reduce noise/vibrations of sources exceeding the allowable limits of SPL

Table 3-11: Monitoring methodology Sample collection Env. Sampling Sampling Sampling Methodology Component location Frequency Sampling Detection Parameter equipment Limit Once during the study (Hourly Sound Level Noise Ambient 7 0.1 dB Decibels – reading for Measurement Level Noise Locations (A) dB (A) 24 hours at (SLM) Meter each location) The standard for monitoring ambient noise level as per CPCB guidelines is as given in Table 3-12.

Table 3-12: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones

Ambient Air Quality Standards Area Limits in dB(A) Leq* Category in Respect of NOISE Code Day Time Night Time A Industrial 75.0 70.0 THE NOISE POLLUTION B Commercial 65.0 55.0 (REGULATION AND C Residential 55.0 45.0 CONTROL) RULES, 2000 D Silence 50.0 45.0 Note Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM : dB(A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing.

3.10.2 Selection of Noise Monitoring Locations

Locations for noise monitoring were identify by desktop study and fix the location during field survey at5 km maximum from the source of noise generation and at sensitive locations ambient noise monitoring i.e. habitation area.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 69

3.10.3 Noise Level Results

Noise readings were taken at seven different locations within the study area. The average noise levels are presented in Table 3-13.

Table 3-13: Noise Level Results CPCB Limits in dB Average Noise Location (A) levels in dB (A) Location Date Category Code Day Night Day Night Time Time Time Time 100 m SE from NL1 1-Jun-15 Industrial 55.0 45.0 53.9 44.5 Project boundary 250 m West from NL2 1-Jun-15 Industrial 55.0 45.0 53.5 44.9 Project boundary NL3 Bhimpar Village 1-Jun-15 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.5 45.0

NL4 Balachod nani village 2-Jun-15 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.5 44.9 NL5 Balachod moti village 2-Jun-15 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.8 44.0 NL6 Mothara Village 2-Jun-15 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.9 44.4 NL7 Naredi Village 3-Jun-15 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.6 44.9

3.10.4 Observation

Noise level during daytime and nighttime, in Industrial area was observed within the CPCB standards i.e. industrial area (75 dB A (d) & 70 dB A (n)).

Noise level during daytime and nighttime, in Commercial area and Residential area was observed within the CPCB standards i.e. Commercial area (65 dB A (d) & 55 dB A (n)) residential area (55 dB A (d) &45 dB A (n))

Photographs 3-1: Noise monitoring Location

3.11 Soil

The project area falls under North West Agro-climatic Zone (GJ-5) and Agro-ecological region-3.The annual average rain fall is 353 mm. The soils are black (53.8 %), sandy loam (41.6 %), hydromorphic (4.5 %). The soil depth is 25-30 cm and soil slope is 3-8 %. The soil salinity is 4-8 dS/m. The main source of irrigation is open wells (56.9 %) and bore wells (4.4 %) as well as estimated area under Narmda command would be 38.7 %. The main field crops are bajra, green gram, cotton, ground nut, wheat and moth bean. The fruit crops are mango, sapota, papaya and banana. The vegetable crops are cucurbits. Brinjal, and tomato. In this district medicinal and aromatic crops like cumin, isabgol,

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 70

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT AND MITIGATION MEASURES coriander, dilseed and fenugreek are cultivated .The plantation crops are date palm and coconut. The cropping intensity of the area is 107%. However in the project area availability of ground water is practically nil as ground waters are saline & alkaline, hence farmers use harvested rain water in ponds or check dams on rivers.

Objectives

 To know physical and chemical properties of soils  To identify soil pollution and suggest mitigation measures  To give monitoring plan for improving soil quality

Surface soil samplings were carried out in six locations in the study area and are presented in Table 3-14.

Table 3-14: Soil Sampling Locations Code Location Date of Sampling ST 1 At Site 19/05/2015 ST 2 Bhimpura Village 19/05/2015 ST 3 Mothara Village 19/05/2015 ST 4 Sarguara Village 19/05/2015 ST 5 Kandhay Village 19/05/2015 ST 6 Naredi village 19/05/2015

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 71

3.11.1 Sampling and Analysis Methodology

Methodology of soil sampling monitoring is shown in Table 3-15.

Table 3-15: Methodology of Soil Sample Monitoring Sample Sample Analysis collection Env. Sampling Sampling Sampling Sampling Sensitivity/ Methodology Remarks Component location Parameters Period Frequency Sampling Analytical Detection equipment Equipment Limit Porosity As per IS: 2720 As per IS: 2720 IS: 2720 Part 7 Trial pit Water holding As per HMSO, As per HMSO, UK HMSO, UK method for capacity UK topsoil IS: 2720 Part Permeability As per IS: 2720 As per IS: 2720 sample 17 collection; Moisture content Manual Electronic Balance 0.001 mg IS: 2720 Part 2 disturbed sample samples Texture As per IS: 2720 As per IS: 2720 IS: 2720 Part 4 collection Particle size using hammer As per IS: 2720 As per IS: 2720 IS: 2720 Part 4 5% Distribution Once at Summer and container Leachate to Cation Exchange each IS: 2720 Part be made Soil 6 locations Season tube for Extraction & Titration - Capacity location 24 (1976) and 2015 collecting analysed as undisturbed F. Photometer (Na, K) SAR - Calculation per APHA, top soil. Titration ( Ca & Mg) “Standard pH pH Meter 4500 H+B Methods” Electrical As per IS 14767 - As per IS 14767 As per IS All method Conductivity 2000 -2000 14767 -2000 numbers are Calcium EDTA Titration - 3500 Ca B as per APHA “Standard Magnesium EDTA Titration - 3500 Mg B Methods” Sodium (Na) F.Photometer 100 µg/l 3500 Na B (20th

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 72

Sample Sample Analysis collection Env. Sampling Sampling Sampling Sampling Sensitivity/ Methodology Remarks Component location Parameters Period Frequency Sampling Analytical Detection equipment Equipment Limit edition, Potassium F.Photometer 100 µg/l 3500 K B 1998)

3.11.2 Soil Analysis Results

Analysis results for environmental parameters of the soil are given in Table 3-16.

Table 3-16: Soil Analysis Results Bhimpura Sarguara Kanday Naredi Sampling Location At Site Mothara Village Village Village Village village Sampling date 19-05-2015 19-05-2015 19-05-2015 19-05-2015 19-05-2015 19-05-2015 Sr. Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 No

1 porosity % 55 49 52 56 56 48 2 Water Holding Capacity % 59 31 34 62 62 26

3 Permiability mm/hr 1.94 2.79 2.45 1.94 1.94 1.94

4 Particle Size Distribution -

a Sand % 57.1 69.8 62.8 46.1 46.1 76.5

b Silt % 21.3 18.3 24.3 19.3 19.3 11.3

c Clay % 21.6 11.9 12.9 34.6 34.6 11.9

5 Texture - Sandy Loam Sandy loam Sandy Clay Loam Clay loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam

6 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100gm 22.60 27.20 16.40 23.60 18.40 17.60

7 Electrical Conductivity µmhos/cm 0.229 0.239 0.254 0.294 0.436 0.414

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 73

Bhimpura Sarguara Kanday Naredi Sampling Location At Site Mothara Village Village Village Village village Sampling date 19-05-2015 19-05-2015 19-05-2015 19-05-2015 19-05-2015 19-05-2015

8 Sodium Absorption Ratio 1.39 1.28 0.87 1.35 0.78 1.46

Exchangeble Sodium % 0.78 0.62 0.22 0.73 0.12 0.89

9 pH 7.87 8.04 8.17 8.23 8.27 8.14

10 Calcium gm/kg 0.34 0.26 0.27 0.13 0.14 0.21

11 Magnesium gm/kg 0.28 0.28 0.42 0.31 0.25 0.28

12 Sodium gm/kg 0.64 0.56 0.44 0.56 0.30 0.31

13 Potassium gm/kg 0.05 0.05 0.05 060 0.04 0.04

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 74

3.11.3 Quality of Soil

 The porosity ranged from 48 % to 56 % and WHC varied from26 % to 62 %  The soil permeability was very slow which ranged from 1.94 mm/hr to 3.23 mm/hr mainly due to predominance of sodium at site as well as other places, in spite of the fact that soil texture was sandy loam in majority of the villages except at site having silty clay loam texture.  The EC of soil ranged from 0.229 dS/m to 0.414 dS/m, while ESP varied from 0.02 to 0.89. The pH of soil ranged from 7.87 to 8.27, which indicates that soils are neutral to slightly alkaline.  Among water soluble cations predominance of sodium was seen followed by magnesium, calcium and potassium.

3.12 Geology

3.12.1 Regional Geology

The generalized stratigraphic sequence of Kutch district as established by Geological Survey of India is as under.

Table 3-17: Generalized Stratigraphic sequence by GSI Age Succession Recent Alluvium ,Blown sand and Sub recent Deposits Gaj Beds Argillaceous Limestone Concretionary Nari Series Limestone and Upper Eocene to Pliocene variegated clays Calcareous grits, Conglomerate etc. ------Unconformity------Kirthar Series- Laterites-Bauxite Zone Ferruginous sandstone Lower Eocene Laki Series-Limestone variegated clays/shales/lignite/carbonaceous shales ------Unconformity------Upper Cretaceous Supra Trapppens sedimentary rocks- Bauxite laterite/lithomargic clays, bentonitic clay Middle cretaceous Deccan lava flows-Blocks traps amygdular, Porphyritic olivine basalt

3.12.2 Local Geology

IBM after conducting a detailed geological mapping of the ML area, established stratigraphic sequence and lithological distribution as given in below table.

Table 3-18: Stratigraphic lithounits Stratigraphic Succession Soil/conglomerate soil/pebble bed Tertiary sediments like yellow clay mixed with fossilifeous limestone Laterite/ Bauxite zone Bauxitic clay

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 75

Stratigraphic Succession lithomarge

While moving on site we saw amygdaloidal basalt pieces with high iron content lying in the mine area

However, at mined out pit located south of mine office, following stratigraphic sequence was observed and summarized in below table.

Table 3-19: Stratigraphic sequence of area Formation Average thickness (in m) Top soil 0.5 to 1.00 Variegated clay 2 Bauxite 3 Lithomarge Clay ?

3.13 Topography of the mine lease area

Prior to visit we studied Google earth image dated 18/10/2013 which shows that a drainage of 3rd to 4thorder passes through lease area but in actuality no drain is seen. We consulted topography section of mining report and noted that middle part of lease area forms Naira River passage flowing SW. The slopes of the lease area merges towards the center line. Thus the earlier drainage is modified. The rainwater collected in mine area will flow towards SW and will require a barrage to impound. The channel is blocked with earth material on the Northern part.

The topographical and contour survey map is attached as Map 2-1.

3.14 Hydrogeology

Abdasa taluka, where in the mine lies, receives an annual average rainfall of 343 mm. The water level in the area is ~16 m below ground level during post monsoon observed in the well situated near the mining lease.

The geological conditions do not favor for groundwater storage due to salinity and physical properties of formations. The samples collected and analyzed shows high salt content. Thus only surface water storage is feasible for short duration only because of scanty rainfall as well as weather conditions.

Cross sectional diagram along line AA’ & BB’ (Refer Topographic Plan). Stratigraphic sequence observed at existing pit is shown in cross section. The maximum depth of excavation will reach about 5 m bgl while depth to water level is 16 m (RWL 92 m) and hence groundwater will not be intersected. The adjacent stream, river Naira, has a bed level ~105 m (source Google Earth) which is much above than water table.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 76

Figure 3-2: Cross section along AA” & BB’

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 77

MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, GEOLOGY & HYDROLOGY, GROUNDWATER M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED GUJARAT & WATER CONSERVATION

3.15 Water

3.15.1 Groundwater Monitoring Methodology

Monitoring methodology for groundwater is given in Table 3-20. The grab samples were manually collected and analyzed as per APHA Standard Methods (20th Edition, 1998) for the parameters given in the EIA Manual of MoEF (14th September 2006).

Table 3-20: Monitoring Methodology of Groundwater

S. Minimum Detection Parameters Methodology No Limit

1 pH APHA, Edition 21 (4500 H+ B), pH meter 0.01 2 Temperature APHA Edition 21 (2130 B), Standard Thermometer 1OC 3 Turbidity APHA Edition 21 (2130 B), Nephelophotometric 0.1 NTU 4 TDS APHA Edition 21 (2540 C) Gravimetric 4 mg/l 5 Electrical conductivity APHA Edition 21 (2510 B) Conductivity Meter 1µmho/cm 6 COD APHA Edition 21 (5220 B), Titrametric open reflux 4 mg/l 3 days IS 3025 part 44, 1993 Iodometric 1 mg/l 7 BOD 5 days APHA edition 21 (5210 B) Iodometric 8 Chlorides APHA Edition 21 (4500 Cr B) Titrametric 5 mg/l 9 Sulphates APHA Edition 21 (4500 SO2 4 E) Turbidimetric 0.1 mg/l 10 Total Hardness APHA Edition 21 (2340 C) Titrametric (EDTA Method) 10 mg/l 11 Ca++ Hardness APHA Edition 21 (3500 Ca B) 1 mg/l 12 Mg++ Hardness APHA Edition 21 (3500 Mg B) 2 mg/l 13 Total Alkalinity APHA Edition 21 (2320 B) Titrametric 10 mg/l 14 Nitrate APHA Edition 16 (418 D) Colorimetric 0.08 mg/l 15 Fluoride APHA Edition 21 (4500 F- D) Colorimetric 0.005 mg/l APHA Edition 21 (3500 Na- B) Flame Emission 1 mg/l 16 Sodium Photometric APHA Edition 21 (3500 K- B) Flame Emission 1 mg/l 17 Potassium Photometric APHA Edition 21 (3500 Ca- B) Titrametric (EDTA 1 mg/l 18 Calcium Method) 19 Magnesium APHA Edition 21 (3500 Mg- B), by difference 2 mg/l 20 Salinity APHA Edition 21 (2520 B), Electrical conductivity Method - 21 Total Nitrogen APHA Edition 21 (4500 Norg, B) 0.001 mg/l 22 Total Phosphorous APHA Edition 21 ( 4500 P, C) 0.08 mg/l 23 Dissolved Oxygen APHA Edition 21 ( 4500 O, B) 0.1 mg/l 24 Ammonical Nitrogen APHA Edition 21 (4500 NH3) Colorimetric 0.01 mg/l 25 SAR Flame photometric and EDTA Method - a Arsenic (as As) APHA Edition 21 (3500 As- B) Colorimetric 0.01 mg/l b Cadmium (as Cd) APHA Edition 21 (3500 Cd), 3111 B, AAS Method 0.001 mg/l c Chromium (as Cr) APHA Edition 21 (3500 Cr B) Colorimetric 0.001 mg/l

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 78

S. Minimum Detection Parameters Methodology No Limit

APHA Edition 21 (3500 Cu B), (3111B), AAS Method, 0.02 mg/l d Copper (as Cu) Colorimetric e Cyanide (as CN) APHA Edition 21 ( 4500 CN, E) 0.003 mg/l f Iron (as Fe) APHA Edition 21 (3500 Fe-B) Colorimetric 0.01 mg/l g Lead (as Pb) APHA Edition 21 (3500 Pb-A), AAS Method 0.02 mg/l h Mercury (as Hg) APHA Edition 21 (3500 Hg), AAS Method 0.001 mg/l APHA Edition 21 (3500 Mn-B) (3111 B), AAS Method/ 0.007mg/l i Manganese (as Mn) Colorimetric j Nickel (as Ni) APHA Edition 21 (3500 Ni), AAS Method 0.02 mg/l APHA Edition 21 (3500 Zn-B) (3111 B), AAS Method/ 0.002 mg/l k Zinc (as Zn) Colorimetric 28 Total Coliform APHA Edition 21 (9221 B), Multiple Tube Fermentation 2 MPN/100ml 29 Faecal Coliforms APHA Edition 21 (9221 E), Multiple Tube Fermentation 2 MPN/100ml

3.15.2 Groundwater Sampling Locations

Groundwater sampling locations are given in Table 3-21

Table 3-21: Groundwater Sampling Locations

Code Location Source Date of Sampling

GW 1 Bhimpar Openwell 19.5.2015 GW 2 Mothara Openwell 19.5.2015 GW 3 Sargaura Openwell 19.5.2015 GW 4 Kandhay Openwell 19.5.2015 GW 5 Sanosara Openwell 19.5.2015 GW 6 Naredi Openwell 19.5.2015

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 79

MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT GEOLOGY & HYDROLOGY, GROUNDWATER & WATER CONSERVATION

Table 3-22: Analysis Results of Ground Water Sample IS 10500 Standard Limits for Groundwater Analysis results drinking water S. Parameters Unit GW 1 GW 2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5 GW 6 No. Desirable Permissible Bhimpar Mothala Sargaura Kandhay Sanosara Naredi limit limit Depth-16m Depth-10m Depth-6m Depth-15m Depth-15m Depth-20m 1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 7.64 7.61 7.59 7.14 7.49 7.33 2 Temperature oC NS NS 31.5 31.5 31.3 31.4 31.4 31.6 3 Turbidity NTU 5 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 4 TDS mg/l 500 2000 3528 2608 432 3160 852 10160 5 Electrical conductivity µmho/cm NS NS 4952 3400 800 5100 1500 15250 6 COD mg/l NS NS <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 7 BOD mg/l NS NS <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 8 Phenol mg/l 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 9 Chlorides mg/l 250 1000 1532 1226 189 1367 245 5186 10 Sulphate mg/l 200 400 259 82 47 292 50 609 11 Total Hardness mg/l 300 600 1000 620 100 850 500 2400 12 Ca++ Hardness mg/l NS NS 280 360 96 400 196 460 13 Mg++ Hardness mg/l NS NS 720 260 4 450 304 1940 14 Total Alkalinity mg/l 200 600 170 160 140 70 140 100 15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 100 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 7.7 10.5 49.3 16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 0.94 1.03 0.56 0.70 1.45 1.06 17 Sodium mg/lit NS NS 750 612 90 600 60.0 1900.0 18 Potassium mg/lit NS NS 5.2 3.6 2.5 5.6 4.2 15.8 19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 112.0 144.0 38.0 160.0 160.0 184.0 20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 175.0 63.0 1.0 109.0 73.0 471.0 21 Salinity mg/lit NS NS 2761 2209 339 2463 441 9345 22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 1.87 2.43 11.2

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 80

IS 10500 Standard Limits for Groundwater Analysis results drinking water S. Parameters Unit GW 1 GW 2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5 GW 6 No. Desirable Permissible Bhimpar Mothala Sargaura Kandhay Sanosara Naredi limit limit Depth-16m Depth-10m Depth-6m Depth-15m Depth-15m Depth-20m 23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit NS NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit NS NS 2.6 2.7 2.9 3.3 2.8 3 25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 26 SAR NS NS 10.26 10.65 3.91 8.91 0.98 16.77 27 Heavy Metals a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 c Chromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 e Cyanide(as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 1 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 g Lead(as Pb) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 h Mercury(as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 i Manganese(as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 j Nickel(as Ni) mg/l - - <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 28 Total Coliform MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 29 Faecal Coliforms MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 81

3.15.3 Quality of Water (Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological)

Groundwater analysis results are given in Table 3-22.

Groundwater in this area is saline due to geological conditions and physical properties of formation. However few wells show results in acceptable limit and it is because of floating water conditions.

3.16 Seismic Zones5

The study area lies in Zone V. This zone is referred to as High Damage Risk Zone.

3.17 Biological Environment

3.17.1 Introduction

Biodiversity is often considered synonymous with species richness of the area. Identifying, measuring, and monitoring biodiversity is a complex exercise. The Biodiversity assessment generally concern with, conducting biodiversity inventories; for assessing existing biodiversity. This provides the information on the biodiversity richness of the area under consideration. The selection of indicators differs for

5 Source: Gujarat-earthquake.gov.in

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 82

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT AND MITIGATION MEASURES biodiversity monitoring as per the output required. Various criteria have been developed for selection of indicators, taking into account biological as well as logistical aspects (Noss, 1990, UNEP, 1992).

The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), the Ramsar Convention and the Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) recognize, impact assessment as an important tool for helping to ensure that development is planned and implemented with biodiversity in mind. The CBD requests Parties to apply impact assessment to projects, programmes, plans and policies with a potential negative impact assessment on biodiversity.

Conference of parties to the Convention on Biological diversity (CBD) held at Curitiba, Brazil on March 20th-31st ,2006 suggested biodiversity to be considered in impact assessment by providing voluntary guidelines on biodiversity inclusive Environmental Impact Assessment. CBD provides a strong international platform for applying impact assessment techniques to biodiversity conservation. It specifically calls for impact assessment measures to ensure that biodiversity is addressed in projects, plan and policy decision (Article14). An underlying justification for the application of impact assessment is also given in Article -8 which is for promoting the protection of ecosystems, natural habitats, promoting environmentally sound and sustainable development in areas next to the protected areas.

3.17.2 Biological Diversity

The variety and variability of organisms and ecosystems is referred to as biological diversity or Bio diversity. Biodiversity is a term which has gained enormous importance in the past few years. Technically, it is a contraction of 'biological diversity'. For the purposes of the CBD (Article 2. Use of Terms), 'Biological Diversity' is "the variability among living organisms from all sources including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems". In practice, 'biodiversity' is most often used as a collective noun synonymous with nature or 'Life on Earth' (WCMC Biodiversity Series No 5, 1996).

The biodiversity, we see today is the result of billions of years of evolution, shaped by natural processes. The vast array of interactions among the various components of biodiversity makes the planet habitable for all species, including humans. There is a growing recognition that, biological diversity is a global asset of tremendous value to present and future generations. At the same time, the threat to species and ecosystems has never been as great as it is today. Species extinction caused by human activities continues at an alarming rate. Protecting biodiversity is for our self-interest and also for the future generation.

3.17.3 Ecological Impact Assessment

Ecological impact assessment (EcIA) is used to predict and evaluate the impacts of development activities on ecosystems and their components, thereby providing the information needed to ensure that ecological issues are given full and proper consideration in development planning. Environmental impact assessment (EIA) has emerged as a key to sustainable development by integrating social, economic and environmental issues in many countries. EcIA has a major part to play as a component of EIA but also has other potential applications in environmental planning and management. Ecological Impact Assessment provides a comprehensive review of the EcIA process and summarizes the

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 83

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ecological theories and tools that can be used to understand, explain and evaluate the ecological consequences of development proposals.

Environmental impact assessments have become an integral part of development projects in India ever since 1994, to formulate policies and guidelines for environmentally sound economic development. Proper assessment of biological environment and compilation of its taxonomical data is essential for the impact prediction, yet biodiversity is often inadequately addressed. There is a growing recognition of the need of biodiversity considerations in environmental impact assessments. Important barriers to the incorporation of biodiversity in impact assessment include low priority for biodiversity and limitations in one or more of the following areas: capacity to carry out the assessments; awareness of biodiversity values; adequate data and post-project monitoring.

Consistent and regularly updated data on regional and local taxonomy and floristic and faunal diversity of the areas are almost non-existent in country as diverse as India. Instant information on biodiversity profiles of the area, where the proposed project is setting up, is an essential part of the baseline studies of EIA. In such a situation, good primary baseline biodiversity survey is a pre-requisite for the collection of reliable data. The professional ethic of the Biodiversity practitioners should be their will and skill to conduct scientific field surveys. These contributions towards biodiversity surveys may sometimes recognized as the actual value additions in terms of new records or a new data base but are more often recognized in the validation and updating of the existing information base.

3.17.4 Period of the study

In order to understand the ecological status of different habitats, status of biodiversity in and around proposed bauxite mine project area, the field work was carried out during 15th -16th May, 2015.

3.17.5 Scope and Aim of the study

It is understood that the approved TOR necessitate, the bio diversity study within 10 km radius from the identified project site.

 It includes floral and faunal survey in core and buffer zone of proposed project area.  Identify the sensitive ecosystem (RF/PF; Water bodies) in and around the study area.  Identify and evaluate the impacts of the proposed mining on wild life of the study area.  If yes, suggest mitigative measures to diminish the impact with detailed management plan.

3.17.6 Delineation of the study area

The project study area was delineated into two zones for biodiversity study. The mine lease area (110.07 ha) was considered as core zone, while the area surrounding 10 km radius from the mine site was labeled as Buffer zone. Four reserve forests (RF) are falling within 10 km of proposed site which may consider as buffer zone.

3.17.7 Sensitivity of the study area

Forests Distance from Direction Area Forest Status Project Site (km.) Naranpar Reserved Forest 5.40 ENE

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 84

Distance from Direction Area Forest Status Project Site (km.) Roha Reserved Forest 8.03 SE Mothala Reserved Forest 3.98 WSW Jarjok Reserved Forest 9.45 SE

3.17.8 Methodology The primary objective of survey was to describe the floristic and faunal communities within the study area. Extrapolation and prediction techniques were used to limit the number of sites to be assessed. The knowledge of species habitats requirement, soil type, terrain, vegetation etc. were used to predict species occurrence.

This Extrapolation Assessment Programme conducts preliminary for the assessment of biological value of poorly known area. The biological value of an area can be characterized by the species richness, degree of spices endemism, uniqueness of the ecosystem and magnitude of threats of extinction. This Rapid biodiversity assessment were undertaken by identifying potentially rich sites from satellite imaginary (Google Earth) and conducting the field survey in the potential habitats. GPS was utilized for locating field sample plots as well as gathering positional attributes of sighted flora and faunal species. For Floral survey, sample plots have been randomly distributed within the identified rich biodiversity potential habitats that falls under study area. The methodology adopted for faunal survey involved; faunal habitat assessment, random intensive survey, opportunistic observations, diurnal bird observation, active search for reptiles, active search for scats and foot prints and review of previous studies. The aim was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify trends after the commencement of production system activity. Emphasis has been placed on presence of rare, endemic, migratory and threatened species, if any present in the study area. Desktop literature review was conducted to identify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities as listed by IUCN, ZSI, BSI and in Indian wild Life Protection act, 1972. The status of individual species was assessed using the revised IUCN category system.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 85

Photographs 3-2: Flora fauna observed during site visit

Nilgai observed in study area Euphorbia sp. observed in study area

3.17.9 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment

Habitat description of the project site and its immediate surroundings

Study area falling within 10 km radius (Buffer zone) from the mining site was predominantly dominated by three major habitat types such as agricultural land, waste land and forest land. The mining site is surrounded by few agriculture fields, the major crop practiced in this region are Cotton and Wheat. The cropping is mainly monsoon depended due to the absence of any irrigation facility. The nearest habitation is in Balachod village. Patches of waste lands with wild species of scrub vegetation and scattered tree species dominated by Prosopis juliflora and lantana belongs to revenue department. The water body includes talav, village ponds, dams, rivers and streams located in and around study area are seasonal and were completely dried up during site visit.

The project site of this mining lease location is situated in an undulating terrain surrounded with many other already active mining lease area located in Mota Balachod village in Kutch District. Topography of the area is characterized by undulating terrains with hillocks of Bauxite minerals and sand stones and plain area in between. Plain area has been converted for agriculture activities and its limited due to water scarcity. As the study area is situated in the semi-arid region, vegetation of this area is mainly consisting of either xerophytes or short-lived annuals. Vegetation is sparse, because of the scarcity of water. The thorny scrubs are the dominant vegetative cover in most of the region surveyed.

The major vegetation in the proposed mining area is thick patch of Prosopis juliflora. Dominant vegetation is Salvadora persica, Zizyphus sp. and small patch of hill hawk with ground cover almost dry.

Floral diversity of the study area

The climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of species, which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each region. The following account of floral diversity, based on the field survey conducted for a short duration in May, 2015, is aimed only to give a general pattern of vegetation of this region as a baseline data.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 86

The floral species including trees, herbs and shrubs were documented in core and buffer zone separately during base line study.

Core Zone (mining lease project site)

Totally 39 species of floral species observed in core zone. Amon this 12 species trees, 11 species shrubs and 16 species herbs listed in Table 3-23Table 3-24 and Table 3-25.

Table 3-23: Trees in core zone Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 1 Caesalpiniaceae 1/1 Parkinsonia aculeata L Ram baval 2/2 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Backer ex Heyne Sonmukhi 3/3 Cassia fistula L. Garmalo 2 Combretaceae 5/1 Terminalia catappa L. Badam 3 Meliaceae 6/1 Azadirachta indica A.Juss Limbado 4 Mimosaceae 7/1 Acacia nilotica (L.) Del. subsp. indica (Bth.) Brenan Baval 8/2 Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khyigdo 5 Myrtaceae 9/1 Eucalyptus sp. Nilgari 6 Salvadoraceae 10/1 Salvadora olivoides L. Piludi 11/2 Salvadora persica L 7 Simaroubaceae 12/1 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Aurdso

Table 3-24: Shrubs in core zone Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 1 Asclepiadaceae 1/1 Calotropis gigantea (L.) R. Br Akado 2/2 Calotropis procera (Ait.) R.Br Akado 2 Burseraceae 3/1 Commiphora wightii Bhandari Gugal 3 Caesalpiniaceae 5/1 Cassia auriculata L Aval 5 Capparaceae 6/1 Capparis decidua (Forsk.) Edgew Kerdo 6 Euphorbiaceae 7/1 Euphorbia nivulia Buch. – Ham. Thor 8/2 Euphorbia tirucalli L. Kharsani 7 Mimosaceae

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 87

Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 9/1 Acacia jacquemontii Benth. Ratobaval 10/2 Prosopis juliflora DC Gando baval 8 Rhamnaceae 11/1 Zizyphus nummularia (Burm.f.) W. &. Chanibor

Table 3-25: Herbs in core zone Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 1 Amaranthaceae 1/1 Aerva javanica (Burn.F.) Gorakhganjo 2 Asteraceae 2/1 Echinops echinatus Roxb Shulio 3/2 Launaea resedifolia L 4/3 Tridax procumbens L Pardesi Bhangro 5/4 Xanthium strumarium L. Gokhru 6 Boraginaceae 6/1 Heliotropium supinum Linn. 7 Caesalpiniaceae 7/1 Cassia tora L. Kuvandio 8 Chenopodiaceae 8/1 Atriplex stocksii Boiss. Khati Palakh 9 Convolvulaceae 9/1 Cressa cretica L. Palio, Rudanti 10 Leguminosae 10/1 Indigofera cardifoila Heyne ex Roth 11/2 Indigofera oblongifolia Forks. 11 Malvaceae 12/1 Abutilon indicum L. Khapat, Dabaliar 12 Solanaceae 13/1 Solanum indicum L. Ringni 14/2 Solanum surattense Brum. Bhoringni 13 Tiliaceae

15/1 Corchorus depressus Stocks Bhuphali 14 Zygophyllaceae 16/1 Fagonia indica L. Dhamasa

Buffer Zone

In buffer zone totally 107 species of floral species observed. Among this 27 species trees, 20 species shrubs; 57 species herbs and 3 species of Climbers were listed in

Table 3-26,

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 88

Table 3-27, Table 3-28 and Table 3-29 respectively.

Table 3-26: Trees in the Buffer Zone Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 1 Anacardiaceae 1/1 Mangifera indica L. Ambo 2 Annonaceae 2/1 Polyalthia longifolia Asopalav 3 Apocynaceae 3/1 Plumeria obtuse L Chambo 4 Arecaceae 4/1 Cocos nuclifera L Narial 5/2 Phoenix dactylifera 5 Caesalpiniaceae 6/1 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Backer ex Heyne Sonmukhi 7/2 Cassia fistula L. Garmalo 8/3 Senna siamea Lam. Kasida 6 Combretaceae 9/1 Terminalia catappa L. Badam 7 Meliaceae 10/1 Azadirachta indica A.Juss Limbado 8 Mimosaceae 11/1 Acacia auriculiformis L Austrialan baval 12/2 Acacia nilotica (L.) Del. subsp. indica (Bth.) Brenan Baval 13/3 Acacia senegal (Wild.) Gobita 14/4 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb) Hermo bhaval 15/5 Acacia planiforns Wight & Arn. Chatra Bvaval 16/6 Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) De Pardesi Baval 17/7 Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khyigdo 21/8 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Bth. Gorasmli 9 Moraceae 22/1 Ficus bengalensis L Vad 10 Moringaceae 23/1 Moringa oleifera Lam Sargavo 11 Myrtaceae 24/1 Eucalyptus sp. Nilgari 12 Salvadoraceae 25/1 Salvadora olivoides L. Piludi

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 89

Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 26/2 Salvadora persica L 13 Simaroubaceae 27/1 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Aurdso

Table 3-27: Shrubs in the Buffer Zone Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 1 Asclepiadaceae 1/1 Calotropis gigantea (L.) R. Br Akado 2/2 Calotropis procera (Ait.) R.Br Akado 2 Balanitaceae 3/1 Balanies aegyptica Delile Ingoria 3 Burseraceae 4/1 Commiphora wightii Bhandari Gugal 4 Caesalpiniaceae 5/1 Cassia auriculata L Aval 5 Capparaceae 6/1 Capparis decidua (Forsk.) Edgew Kerdo 7/2 Capparis sepiaria L. Kanthar 6 Celastraceae 8/1 Maytenusem arginata Ding. Vikado 7 Convolvulaceae 9/1 Ipomoea fistulosa Mart.ex Choisy Nasarmo 8 Euphorbiaceae 10/1 Euphorbia nivulia Buch. – Ham. Thor 11/2 Euphorbia tirucalli L. Kharsani 12/3 Ricinus communis L. Divel 9 Malvaceae 13/1 Gossypium herbaceum L. Kapas 10 Mimosaceae 14/1 Acacia jacquemontii Benth. Ratobaval 15/2 Dichrostsachys cinerea L MorDhundhiyu 16/3 Prosopis juliflora DC Gando baval 11 Nyctaginaceae 17/1 Bougainvillea spectabilis Wild. Bougainvel 12 Rhamnaceae 18/1 Zizyphus nummularia (Burm.f.) W. &. Chanibor 19/2 Zizyphus mauritianaLamk. Bor 13 Solanaceae

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 90

20/1 Datura metel L Daturo

Table 3-28: Herbaceous species in Buffer Zone S. No Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 1 Acanthaceae 1/1 Hygrophila auriculata (Schum.) Kanatashelio, Akaro 2/2 Lepidagathis trinervis Wall. 2 Aizoaceae 3/1 Trianthema portulacastrum Linn. Satodo 4/2 Trianthema triquetra Rottl. 5/3 Sesuvium portulacastrum Linn. 6/4 Sesuvium sesuvioides Verdc. 3 Asclepiadaceae 7/1 Leptadenia pyrotechnica Decne. Khip 4 Amaranthaceae 8/1 Aerva javanica (Burn.F.) Gorakhganjo 9/2 Celosia argentea var. argentea Lambdi, Lampdi 5 Asteraceae 10/1 Echinops echinatus Roxb Shulio 11/2 Launaea resedifolia L 12/3 Launaea sarmentosa (Wild) Bhonpatri 13/4 Tridax procumbens L Pardesi Bhangro 14/5 Parthenium hysterophorus L. 15/6 Xanthium strumarium L. Gokhru 6 Boraginaceae 17/1 Trichodesma indicum R. Br. Undhafuli 18/2 Heliotropium supinum Linn. 19/3 Heliotropium bacciferum Linn. 7 Caesalpiniaceae 20/1 Cassia tora L. Kuvandio 8 Chenopodiaceae 21/1 Atriplex stocksii Boiss. Khati Palakh 22/2 Salicornia brachiata Roxb. 23/3 Suaeda fruticosa Forsk Khari Luninibhaji 24/4 Suaeda nudiflora Moq Moras 9 Convolvulaceae 25/1 Convolvulus arvensis L. Khetru phudardi 26/2 Cressa cretica L. Palio, Rudanti 10 Commelinaceae 27/1 Commelina benghalensis 11 Cyperaceae 28/1 Cyperus difformis L. --

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 91

S. No Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 29/2 Cyperus rotundus L. -- 30/3 Cyperus sps. -- 31/4 Fimbristylis dichotoma Vahl. -- 32/5 Fimbristylis sp. -- 12 Euphorbiaceae 33/1 Euphorbia prostrate Ait. Hort. 34/2 Euphorbia hirta L. -- 13 Lamiaceae 35/1 Basilium polystachyon Dungrau Tulsi 14 Leguminosae 36/1 Indigofera cardifoila Heyne ex Roth 37/2 Indigofera oblongifolia Forks. 38/3 Tephrosia sp. -- 15 Malvaceae 39/1 Abutilon indicum L. Khapat, Dabaliar 40/2 Malachra capitata L. Pardesi bhindo 16 Nyctaginaceae 41/1 Boerhavia diffusa Linn. 42/2 Boerhavia repanda Wild. 17 Poaceae 43/1 Aeluropus lagopoides L. 44/2 Andropogon trispicatus chult. 45/3 Andropogon assimilis Steud. 46/4 Aristida adscensionis Linn 47/5 Digitaria adscendens (H. B. & K.) Henrard Lapdu 48/6 Eragrostis ciliaris (Linn.) R. Br. 49/7 Echinochloa colonum (Linn.) 50/8 Heteropogon contours (Linn.) Brsuv 51/9 Urochondra setulosa (Trin) 18 Papaveraceae 52/1 Argemone mexicana L. Darudi 19 Solanaceae 53/1 Solanum indicum L. Ringni 54/2 Solanum surattense Brum. Bhoringni 20 Typhaceae 55/1 Typha angustata Bory & Chaub Ramban, Ghabajariu 21 Tiliaceae

56/1 Corchorus depressus Stocks Bhuphali 57/2 Trumfetta rotundifolia Lam. Zipti

Table 3-29: Climbers and twiners in the Buffer Zone

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 92

Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 1 Convolvulaceae 1/1 Ipomea pes caprae L Dariani vel 2/2 Ipomea cairica (L.) 3/3 Evolvulus alsinoides Linn. Kari bhuti

Cultivated plants in the study area

The main corps practiced in study area were Gossypium herbaceum (Cotton), Ricinus communis L. (Castor), Solanum melogena L. (Brinjal), Sorghum vulgare Pers. (Jowar), Pennisetum typhoideum Rich (Bajra) and Cyamopsis tetragonolaba Linn. (Gawar). At the time of present survey, conducted in the month of May 2015, most of the crops were already in harvested. Agricultural lands were in dried condition except at few places where some agricultural practices were still active with irrigation.

Rare and endangered flora in the study area

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. Among the enumerated flora in the study area, Commiphora wightii was a threat category, by RED data book of Indian Plants. (Nayar and Sastry, 1990) and Red list of threatened vascular plants (IUCN, 2010, BSI, 2003)

Endemic plants of the study area

De Candolle (1855) first used the concept of “Endemic”, which is defined as an area of a taxonomic unit, especially a species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding region through geographical, ecological or temporal barriers. Among recorded plant species none can be assigned the status of endemic plant of this region.

Faunal biodiversity of the study area

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles, amphibians, and butterfly species, a baseline survey had been conducted during May, 2015.

Birds of the study area

Core Zone

The most commonly spotted bird species in core zone were; Blue jay, Cattle Egret, Intermediate Egret, Black-winged Stilt, Red-wattled Lapwing, Red-vented Bulbul, Ring Dove, Indian Robin, Purple Sunbird and Jungle Babbler.

Buffer Zone

Detailed list of birds in buffer zone were mentioned in Table 3-30. Table 3-30: Systematic lists of birds in the buffer zone with its distribution and migratory status

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 93

Old Common name New Common Name Scientific Name Dist. ORDER: ANSERIFORMES Family: Anatidae (Ducks and teals) Mallard Mallard Anas platyrhynchos R/WM Spotbill Spot-billed Duck Anas poecilorhyncha R/LM I ORDER: APODIFORMES Family: Apodidae (swifts) Common Swift Common Swift Apus apus R House swift Little Swift Apus affinis R II. ORDER: FALCONIFORMES Family: Accipitridae (vulture, Sparrow hawk, Eagle, Harrier, Kite and Vulture) Shikra Shikra Accipiter badius R Black-winged Kite Black-winged Kite Elanus caeruleus R III. ORDER: : CICONIIFORMES Family: Ardeidae (heron, Egret, Bittern) Grey Heron Grey Heron Ardea cinerea R/WM Cattle Egret Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis R Median or Smaller Egret Intermediate Egret Mesophoyx intermedia R Little Egret Little Egret Egretta garzetta R Pond Heron Indian Pond-Heron Ardeola grayii R Family: Charadriidae (Plover, Stilt, Oystercatcher, Lapwing, Avocet ) Black-winged Stilt Black-winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus R Red-wattled Lapwing Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus R Family: Ciconiidae (Open bill, stork, Adjutant) Painted Stork Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala R Family: Laridae (Tern, Gull, Jaeger, Skua , Skimmer and Noody) Black-headed Gull Common Black-headed Gull Larus ridibundus W Family: Pelecanidae (Pelican) Dalmatian Pelican Dalmatian Pelican Pelecanus crispus W White or Rosy Pelican Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus W Family: Phalacrocoracidae ( Cormorant) Large Cormorant Great Cormorant Phalacrocorax carbo R Indian Shag Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis R Little Cormorant Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger R Family: Podicipedidae (Grebe) Little Grebe Little Grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis R Family: Threskiornithidae (Spoonbill and Ibis) Black Ibis Red-naped Ibis Pseudibis papillosa R Spoonbill Eurasian Spoonbill Platalea leucorodia R IIIORDER: COLUMBIFORMES Family: Columbidae (Pigeon, Dove)

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 94

Old Common name New Common Name Scientific Name Dist. Blue Rock Pigeon Rock Pigeon Columba livia R Ring Dove Eurasian Collared-Dove Streptopelia decaocto R Rufous Turtle Dove Oriental Turtle-Dove Streptopelia orientalis R VI: ORDER: CORACIFORMES Family: Dacelonidae (King fishers) White breasted Kingfisher White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis R Family: Coraciidae (Roller) BlueJay or Roller Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis R Family: Meropidae (Bee Eater) Green bee-eater Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis R V. ORDER: CUCULIFORMES Family: Centropodidae (Cocucal) Crow-Pheasant or Coucal Greater Coucal Centropus sinensis R Family: Cuculidae (cuckoo, Koel) Koel Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea R Indian Drongo Cuckoo Drongo Cuckoo Surniculus lugubris R VI. ORDER: GALLIFORMES Family: Phasianidae (Peafowl , Partridge, Quail, francolin, spur fowl, jungle fowl, Monal, ) Common Peafowl Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus R Grey Partridge Grey Francolin Francolinus pondicerianus R VII ORDER: GRUIFORMES Family: Halliday ( Waterhen, coot, crake water cock, Moorhen, Rail,) White-breasted Water hen White-breasted Water hen Amaurornis phoenicurus R VIII. ORDER: PASSERIFORMES Family: Paridae (Tit ) Grey Tit Great Tit Parus major R Family: Laniidae (shrike) Rufous backed Shrike Long-tailed Shrike Lanius schach R Grey Shrike Northern Shrike Lanius excubitor R Family: Muscicapidae (Short wing, Chat, Robin, Shama) Indian Robin Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata R Magpie-Robin Oriental Magpie-Robin Copsychus saularis R Pied Bushchat Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata R Family: Nectariniidae ( Sun Birds, Flower pecker, Spider hunter ) Purple Sunbird Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica R Small Sunbird Crimson-backed Sunbird Nectarinia minima R Family: Passeridae ( Avadavat,Pipit, Wagtail, Munia, Snowfinch, sparrow, weaver ,Accentor) House Sparrow House Sparrow Passer domesticus R Family: Pycnonotidae (Bulbul) Red-whiskered Bulbul Red-whiskered Bulbul Pycnonotus jocosus R

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 95

Old Common name New Common Name Scientific Name Dist. Red-vented Bulbul Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer R Family: Sturnidae (Myna, Starling) Bank Myna Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus R Indian Myna Common Myna Acridotheres tristis R Family: Sylviidae (Warbler, Browning, Fulvetta, Babbler, Laughing thrash, Tailor birds) Common Babbler Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus R Jungle Babbler Jungle Babbler Turdoides striatus R Tailorbird Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius R IX. ORDER: PSITTACIFORMES Family: Psittacidae (Parrot and Parakeet) Rose-ringed Parakeet Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri R

Note: R = Widespread Resident, W=Winter visitor, WM= Winter Migrant, R/WM =Resident with winter influx, R/LM= Resident with local movements as per the distribution given in WCMC & BNHS

Source: Oriental Bird Club’s Check list of Indian Birds, Oxford University Press (2011), Birds of Indian Sub-continent Kumar, A., J.P. Sati and P.C. Tak (2003): Checklist of Indian Waterbirds. BUCEROS 8 (1): 30 pp

Butterflies from the study area

Core Zone

Butterflies in the core zone are restricted to few places and mainly Danaus sp.; Papilio sp. and Ixias sp. were observed.

Buffer zone

Detailed list of butterflies in buffer zone were enlisted in Table 3-31.

Table 3-31: Butterflies in the buffer zone Scientific name & family Common name 1 Family Papilionidae 1/1 Papilio polytes Linnaeus Common Mormon 2 Family Pieridae 2/1 Eurema hecabe Linnaeus Common Grass yellow 3/2 Ixias mariane Cramer White orange tip 4/3 Ixias pyrene Linnaeus Yellow orange tip 5/4 Colotisdanae Fabricus Crimson tip 3 Family: Nymphalidae 6/1 Melanitis leda Linnaeus Common evening Brown 7/2 Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger 8/3 Danaus genutia Cramer Stripped Tiger 9/4 Hypolimanas misippus Danaid egg fly

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 96

Reptiles from the study area

Core Zone

Calotes versicolor was observed in core zone during field survey.

Buffer Zone

Detailed list of reptiles in buffer zone were documented in Table 3-32.

Table 3-32: Reptiles in the buffer zone Common Name Scientific Name 1 Common garden lizard Calotes versicolor (Daudin) 2 Common rat snake Ptyas mucosus (Linn.) 3 House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis (Ruppell) 4 Fan-Throated Lizard Sitana ponticeriana ( Cuvier) 5 Indian Cobra Naja naja (Linn.) 6 Russell’s Viper Daboia russelii ( Shaw and Nodder) 7 Common Indian Krait  Bungarus caeruleus ( Schneider)

 = Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers, during the interaction with them with pictorial presentation.

Mammals from the study area

Core Zone

Funambulus pennanti and Boselaphus tragocamelus were observed in core zone.

Buffer Zone

The wild mammals observed other than domesticated ones from the buffer zone are documented in Table 3-33.

Table 3-33: Mammals from the buffer zone Common Name Scientific name 1 Five striped Palm squirrel Funambulus pennanti (Wroughton) 2 Common House Rat Rattus rattus (Linnaeus) 3 Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi (Geoffroy) 4 Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus (Pallas) 5 Hare Lepus nigricollis F. Cuvier 6 The Indian Wild Boar Sus scrofa Linnaeus

 = Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers, during the interaction with them with pictorial presentation.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 97

Rare and Endangered fauna of the study area

As per IUCN RED (2014) list

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. One of the sighted bird is were categorized as vulnerable status in of IUCN Red List of threatened categories, while two other birds are categorized in near threatened status of IUCN Red List of threatened categories.

Table 3-34: The list of birds included in IUCN red list of threatened categories Common name Scientific name IUCN Red List of threatened categories

Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala Near Threatened Ver 3.1

As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country.

Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus) is included in schedule I of Wild life protection Act (1972), while many other birds are included in schedule IV.

Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja), and Common Rat Snake (Ptyas mucosus) were provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972).

Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), is a schedule –II mammals. Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) and Wild Boars (Sus scrofa Linnaeus) are provided protection by incorporating them in schedule–III, Hares and five stripped squirrels are included in schedule IV of Wild Life Protection act 1972.

Endemic fauna of the study area

None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic species category of the study area

3.18 Social Profile

This chapter analyzes the existing socio-economic conditions of the habitations as well as community residing in the project area. It also identifies the potential issues and problems in the area. For the design of project stakeholder views were taken through the structured questionnaires and focus group discussions. It may help to make the project responsive to social development concerns, including the options that enhance benefits for poor and vulnerable people while minimizing or mitigating risk and adverse impacts. Stakeholder views ware gathered to develop CSR activities, which project proponent,

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 98

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT AND MITIGATION MEASURES can take up in the study area for social development. The activities under CSR were selected in such that they benefit in poor and vulnerable people in the study area.

3.18.1 Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub District

Details regarding the demographic profile of project district and Sub-district are given in below table.

Table 3-35: Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-district Sl. No. Items (District) (Sub-district) Kachchh Abdasa 1. No. of Household 445672 24070 2. Total Population 2092371 117538 3. Male Population 1096737 61387 4. % of Male Population 52.42 52.23 5. Female Population 995634 56151 6. % of Female Population 47.58 47.77 7. Total Schedule Caste Population 258859 13689 8. % of Schedule Caste Population 12.37 11.65 9. Total Schedule Tribe Population 12825 299 10. % of Schedule Tribe Population 0.61 0.25 11. Household Size 4.69 4.88

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

As per the 2011 census, the total population of the project district of Kachchh is 2092371. Out of the total population, male are 1096737 (52.42%) and female population is 995634 (47.58%). The proportion of SC and ST population to total population is 12.37 % and 0.61 % respectively. The household size is Kachchh district and sub-district is less than 5. The national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census 2011.

3.18.2 Brief Profile of Study Area

The study area covers 30 habitations in Abdasa and Nakhatrana taluka under Kuchchh district of the Gujarat state. There are 30 rural area falls under the study area. Total 3683 households are covering 17718 populations in the Study area. The statistics regarding the list of villages with Household and Population Details of the study area is given in Table 3-36.

Table 3-36: List of Villages in Study Area with Household and Population

Distance Sub- Name of No. of No. of Sl. Nos. District Area in (km) district Habitation Habitation Populations

1 0 - 3 km Kuchchh Abdasa Balachod Nani Rural 112 463 2 0 - 3 km Kuchchh Abdasa Balachod Moti Rural 87 382 3 0 - 3 km Kuchchh Abdasa Bhimpar Rural NA in census 2011

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 99

Distance Sub- Name of No. of No. of Sl. Nos. District Area in (km) district Habitation Habitation Populations

Sub-Total 199 845 4 3 - 5 km Kuchchh Abdasa Mothala Rural 791 4007 5 3 - 5 km Kuchchh Abdasa Pethapur Rural NA in census 2011 6 3 - 5 km Kuchchh Abdasa Naredi Rural 324 1537 Sub-Total 1115 5544 7 5 - 7 km Kuchchh Abdasa Piyoni Rural 13 79 8 5 - 7 km Kuchchh Abdasa Kandhay Rural 42 172 9 5 - 7 km Kuchchh Abdasa Sarguara Rural NA in census 2011 10 5 - 7 km Kuchchh Abdasa Kankawati Rural NA in census 2011 11 5 - 7 km Kuchchh Abdasa Hingania Rural 79 334 12 5 - 7 km Kuchchh Abdasa Nandhra Mota Rural 29 145 13 5 - 7 km Kuchchh Abdasa Nandhra Nana Rural 23 112 14 5 - 7 km Kuchchh Abdasa Sanosara Rural 141 695 15 5 - 7 km Kuchchh Nakhatrana Bhitara Rural 90 404 16 5 - 7 km Kuchchh Nakhatrana Rampar (Roha) Rural 173 861 Sub-Total 590 2802 17 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Abdasa Vamoti Moti Rural 166 764 18 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Abdasa Bhavanipar Rural 146 661 19 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Abdasa Kanakpar Rural 79 514 20 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Abdasa Kharua Rural 62 273 21 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Abdasa Kalar vandh Rural NA in census 2011 22 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Abdasa Chiyasar Rural 178 771 23 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Nakhatrana Jarjok Rural 48 227 24 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Nakhatrana Kotda (Roha) Rural 493 2201 25 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Nakhatrana Bhojraj Vandh Rural 37 165 26 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Nakhatrana Roha(Sumari) Rural 236 1260 27 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Nakhatrana Naranpar Rural 53 308 28 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Nakhatrana Mosuna Rural 92 438 29 7 - 10 km Kuchchh Nakhatrana Vehar Rural 189 945 Sub-Total 1779 8527 Grand Total 3683 17718

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

Social Profile

Population and Household Details

The statistics regarding the Household and the number of population of villages in the study area are given in Table 3-37.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 100

Table 3-37: Household and Population Details No. of % age % age % age district district District Nos. of Nos. of Habitation Habitation Household No. of Male No. of Male Populations Populations Nos. of Sub- No. of Female No. of Female Distance in (km) 0 – 3 Kuchchh 1 3 199 845 420 49.70 425 50.30 3 – 5 Kuchchh 1 3 1115 5544 2821 50.88 2723 49.12 5 – 7 Kuchchh 2 10 590 2802 1426 50.89 1376 49.11 7 – 10 Kuchchh 2 14 1779 8527 4358 51.11 4169 48.89 Total 30 3683 17718 9025 50.94 8693 49.06

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

The above table shows that Study area consists of 30 habitations in project study area. Total 3683 households are covering 17718 populations in the Study area. Out of the total population, male are 9025 (50.94%) and female population are 8693 (49.06%). It can be estimated that, in the study area, each household consist less than 5 persons. This information is extracted from the Census of India, 2011.

3.18.3 Social Characteristics

The study area is predominant Hindus and Muslims populations. There are most of the people belong to the General and OBC, Some people belong to the Schedule caste of Hindus. Hindus in the project area as elsewhere, is based on the traditional four-fold caste system of Brahmin, Kshatriya, Vaishyas and Shudras. The statistics regarding the Social Characteristics of villages in the study area are given in Table 3-38.

Table 3-38: Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe Population Distribution in Study Area % of SC Population % of ST Population (km) (km) Nos. of Nos. of Male Male Male Total Total Total Habitation Habitation Distance in Distance Female Female Female Populations Populations

0 – 3 3 845 20.95 9.47 11.48 0.95 0.71 0.24 3 – 5 3 5544 22.46 11.92 10.53 0.27 0.14 0.13 5 – 7 10 2802 28.12 14.67 13.45 1.18 0.54 0.64 7 – 10 14 8527 28.52 14.58 13.94 0.59 0.32 0.27 Total 30 17718 26.20 13.52 12.68 0.60 0.32 0.28

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 101

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

As per census 2011 average schedule caste population in Study area is 26.20 % of the total population. Out of the total population, male are 13.52 % and female population is 12.68 %. In case of schedule tribe population this number is only 0.60 percents.

3.18.4 Literacy Rate in Study Area

The statistics regarding the literacy rate in the study area are given in Table 3-39.

Table 3-39: Literacy Rate in Study Area Literate Population (km) (km) No. of % age % age Name of Male Illiterate Illiterate Total Total Habitation Habitation % age % age % age % age % age Population Population Population Population Distance in Distance Female Female Literate Literate Literate Literate Literate Literate

0 – 3 3 845 488 57.75 269 31.83 219 25.92 357 42.25 3 – 5 3 5544 3256 58.73 1851 33.39 1405 25.34 2288 41.27 5 – 7 10 2802 1730 61.74 988 35.26 742 26.48 1072 38.26 7 – 10 14 8527 5043 59.14 2907 34.09 2136 25.05 3484 40.86 Total 30 17718 10517 59.36 6015 33.95 4502 25.41 7201 40.64

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

According to Census of India 2011, it is calculated that average literacy rate in the study area is 59.36 percent. Out of total populate male literacy is 33.95 percent and female literacy is 25.41 percent of total population. Approx 4064 % Population is illiterate in the study area.

3.18.5 Basic Infrastructure Facility

Education Facility

The Census Amenities data 2011 is not available so we are considering Visual perception. As per the study, it has been found that there is less number of schools in the village as well. It is even viewed that due to less literacy ratio in the village people, new technology and knowhow on the same is rare. The villagers go to the nearby bigger villages or city for higher education like Miyani and Bhuj.

Medical and Health Facility

The Census Amenities data 2011 is not available so, we are considering the Primary survey details. As per visual perception 2015 we have found that in many villages have at least sub-center level medical facilities. When required, due to which if people have problem in the near future for the medical needs they have to go to the nearest city for proper medical needs or they have to suffer for a long time with the disease. There is no any major disease in study area.

Source of Drinking Water

As per visual perception 2015, in many villages the tap water supplies are available. Most of the villages are having wells and ponds water. Availability of Drinking water Facilities in the study area are not sufficient. In the given area there is very less amount of drinkable water found. The quality of

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 102

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT AND MITIGATION MEASURES drinking water is not good, level of TDS are very high to comparison for drinkable water. Villagers are using narmda water for drinking purpose.

Means of Communication

The changing trends in technology have massively affected the people in the study area. The most important means of communication is mobile phones which are possessed by most of the individuals in the locality. It has become an obsession among the youth and a necessity for the working class. All other means of communication seem to have become extinct after the advent of mobile technology.

Transportation Facility

The study area is well connected with road. Transport or transportation is the movement of people, animals and goods from one location to another. Modes of transport include air, rail, road, and water.

Nearest Railway station at project site: Nearest railway station is at Bhuj in East direction about 52.5 km from project site.

Near Airport at project site: Nearest civilian airport is at Bhuj in East direction about 56.00 km from project site.

Power Supply

The Government of Gujarat supplies power to all the households in the study area. There is no scarcity of power in the area.

3.18.6 Economic Profile

Agriculture Condition in Study Area

The major crop grown in the study area is survival in nature. The major horticulture crops being produced in the study area are Wheat, Mung, Til , Erenda, Bajari and Gvaar. The major vegetable and Fruit crops grown in the study area is Tomato, Brinjal, Chilly, Mango, Papaya and Coconut. Agriculture is mostly carried out by the water from rainwater.

Animal Husbandry

Livestock rearing is common among the people of this region. Most of the animals reared by them are cows, buffaloes, goats, and Ox etc. People even produce milk, for their occupation consists of animal husbandry too. Private veterinary doctor visits on the basis of the requirement of the local people. Medical check-up of animals is carried out by the private doctors only. The Animal Charah availability is very poor in study area.

Occupational Pattern

The statistics regarding the Occupational Pattern in the study area are given in Table 3-40.

Table 3-40: Occupation Patterns e

al Total Working Population of n- % No Tot No. anc age Pop wor Dist Hab

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 103

Main Main Total Total % age % age % age % age Marginal Marginal

0 - 3 3 845 386 45.68 315 37.28 71 8.40 459 54.32 3 - 5 3 5544 1955 35.26 1872 33.77 83 1.50 3589 64.74 5 - 7 10 2802 898 32.05 753 26.87 145 5.17 1904 67.95 7 - 10 14 8527 3306 38.77 2917 34.21 389 4.56 5221 61.23 Total 30 17718 6545 36.94 5857 33.06 688 3.88 11173 63.06

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

According to Census Data 2011, there are total 36.94 % working population available. Out of the total population there are 33.06 % main workers and 3.88 % marginal workers in the study area. Approx 63.06 % of the population falls in non-working population category.

3.18.7 Historical and Cultural Profile

No any Historical, Archeological and Cultural Sites in the Study Area.

3.19 Socio-economic profile of Project Affected Area based on primary survey6

The Socio economic survey was carried out in the village falling in 0 – 3 km radius of the Proposed Project. A Primary survey was conducted in the core zone (0-3 km) in Balchod Mota, Balchod Nani and Bhimapur village to identify socio economic profile against which mitigation measures and support will be measured. Information pertaining to PAP’s assets, income, socio-culture and demographic indicators and other sources of support such as common property resources was collected.

3.19.1 Profile of Surveyed Household

Household and Population

There are 436 households consisting 1040 population in affected area. Out of total population, male populations are 512 (49.23%) and female are 528 (50.77%). The average household size is less than 3 persons.

Family Types

As per primary survey 2015, Average joint families in total surveyed household are 12.50% and the number of nuclear family are 87.50%.

6 Based on village fact sheet and surveyed questionnaire

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 104

Figure 3-3: Population Distribution and Type of Family

120% 70.00% 100% 87.50% 100% 60.00%

50.00% 80% 40.00% 60% 49.23% 50.77% 30.00% 40% 20.00% 12.50% 20% 10.00%

0% 0.00% Total Male Female Joint Nuclear

Religious Category

The study area has a predominant Hindu population. Most of the people belong to the General and OBC caste in Hindu religion. As the survey results show, majority of the households belongs to Hindu Religion are 98.00% and Muslim Religion are 2.00 % in affected area.

Figure 3-4: Religious Categories and Social Characteristic 2.00% Muslim 12.50% 50.00%

General

OBC

SC 37.50% 98.00% ST Hindu

Social Characteristics

Most of the people belong to the General in Hindu religion. As per primary survey 2015, the OBC population is 37.50%. In case of General population this number has to 50.00% of the total population. Average SC population in the study area is 12.50 % of the total population; in case of ST population in survey village area in core zone is zero percent of the total population.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 105

Literacy rate in the study area

As per primary survey 2015, the average literate Population in the affected area is 75.00%. Approx 25.00% Illiterate Population living in affected area. The village in the affected area (200-500 mtrs from site) has only primary schools, villagers approach nearby town/city for high studies. The average education attainment of most of the villager’s dwellers is up to 8th 10th with some villagers study up to Intermediate level. New generation is studying up to 12th standard or above.

Figure 3-5: Literacy Rates

75.00 80

60 40.00 Total 35.00 40 25.00 Male Female 20

0 Literate Illiterate

Vulnerable Groups

The Social Impact Assessment identifies the vulnerable population in order to minimize the adverse impact and provide adequate mitigation measures. An assessment was made to bring out the vulnerable Persons (SC, ST, Below Poverty Line families, Women-headed Households (WHHs) and households headed by physically handicapped persons (PHs). Their distribution on the stretch in terms of absolute numbers or percentage is BPL-17.20%, PH-0.87%, and SC-12.50%.

Women’s Participation in Decision Making Activities

The decision-making activity of women in the project affected area is evident from the socio-economic data. The women’s participation in various decision-making activities in day-to-day life is only confined to routine household chores, health care of children, financial matters, and social functions and marriages. It may be observed families covered under survey have woman participation in household chores.

According to Primary survey 2015, the female populations are participating in Advisory in Financial Matter (75.00%), Education of child (75.00%), Health care of child (87.50%), Purchase of Household Assets (75.00%), Day to Day activities (75.00%) and Social functions and marriage activities (75.00%) in decision making activities but the last final decision is taken by male 37.50%, Consensus 50.00%. Female’s roles for the final decision in household activities are very less and they have the role in decision till advisory level.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 106

Figure 3-6: Women’s Participation in Decision Making Activities

% of Involvement

120 % of Final Decision 100 100 60 87.5 50 50 80 75 75 75 75 75 37.5 40 60 30 40 20 12.5 20 10 0 Total Financial Education Health carePurchase of Day to day Social 0 Matter of child of child HH Assets activities functions Male Female Consensus

Occupational pattern

Occupation of the individual or family plays very important role in determining man’s position in the society. Economically affluent family can avail all the facilities required for the lavish life, while economically weaker section struggle for their survival. As per primary survey 2015, Out of total surveyed population there are 5.26% Population are doing Services work, 7.89% populations are doing work on own Agriculture land, 2.63 % are Business work and 8.00% household are engaged in other work in the study area. Most are the populations is doing Labour work, the Percentage are laborers are 26.31% in the total surveyed Household in study area. 50.00 percent non-working populations are living in study area.

Figure 3-7: Occupational Pattern

100.00%

Total

Service

50.00% 50.00% Agricultural

Business

26.31% Labour

Other 7.89%

5.26% 2.63% 8.00%

Total Populations Working Population Non-working populations

Asset Ownership

As per Primary survey 2015, Pucca houses in study area in core zone are 62.5% of the total served structure and Semi-pucca houses are 37.50%. Over 50.00% of the households are using latrines facilities but other 50.00% of the people using open deification.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 107

100.00% 100.00%

80.00% 62.50% Total House 60.00% Pucca 50.00% 37.5% 40.00% Semi Pucca Kutcha 20.00% Toilet Facilities 0.00%

3.19.2 Visual Perception

 The Socio economic survey was carried out in the village falling in 0 – 3 km radius of the Proposed Project. During the survey it was found that the main difficulty living of life.  Educational condition in villages is very poor. During the site visit we found, the village’s children’s are addicted of BIDI and Cigarette.  The quality of drinking water is not good, level of TDS are very high to comparison for drinkable water.  Most are the villagers are dependent on agriculture and animal husbandry but condition of irrigation are very bad and fodder for animal are not available in villages.  The major crop grown in the study area is survival in nature. Agriculture is mostly carried out by the water from rainwater, so condition of agricultural productivities are very poor.  There are inadequate medical facilities in the villages; they travel to Miyani or Bhuj for availing the medical facilities.  As discussed with the people’s unemployment is prevailing on large scale in the villages. Peoples are not good-educated (Mostly Middle Level), so they do not have the source of income. Either they work as laborers or do farming.  There are very less open-drainage lines in the village. More than 50 % of the houses are having toilets built up with help of Government and Gram Panchayat funds.  There are no basic infrastructure i.e. Community hall, Playground, Community Latrine/Toilet, and etc.

3.19.3 Focus group discussion

Group discussion with the public is an integral component of Social impact assessment, Need Based assessment and Project design. Without community consultation, a project will not reflect issues or solutions identified by local residents, and a lack of it can result in missed data, in addition to missed opportunities to share experiences and identify solutions to difficult concerns/issues.

The Social Impact assessment of the Orient Bauxite Project is required to include community consultation. At this early stage in the process, consultation has been focused on to know the community perception about the socio-economic conditions of the project area.

3.19.4 Group Discussion Details

The public consultation is carried out at following locations during initial surveys. The Details are given in Table: 5-1.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 108

Table 3-41: Focus Group Discussion at Village Level Place of Meeting with Date

Sl. No. Location/Villages Date

1 Balchod Mota 6th & 7th June 2015

2 Balchod Nani 6th & 7th June 2015

3 Rata Talav 8th June 2015

4 Bhimpar 8th June 2015

Name of Participants Dr. Dushyant Mishra (FAE-SE) +91-98102-62431 Kadam Team:- Mr. Ashish K. Pandey (Consultant-SE) +91-97244-14784 Mr. Abdul Ali MD. (Mining Met-OAL) +91-99251-33586

Client Team:- Mr. Bhima Jetha (Supervisor-OAL) +91-99130-85537 (ORIENT) Mr. Govind ji Jalu Ba (Supervisor-OAL) +91-99752-24108

Mr. Khoduba Ashuba (WM-OAL) +91-97261-11752

Participants Village Location Name Mobile No. C1 C2 C3 C4 Mr. Ramji Bhai (Sarpanch-Balchod) +91-99091-92846 Mr. Khimi Uka Harijan +91-95377-48821 Mr. Dharji Maya +91-99788-58653 Mr. Kishas Jayram +91-95867-89799 Mrs. Kanji Asha +91-99130-62409 Balchod Sarpanch Ms. Maya Uka - Nani House Mahesh Ramji Bhai +91-82389-15180 Divya Jenam Harijan - Parmila Lalji Harijan - Mrs. Lakchmi ben Harijan +91-99091-71474 Ninaben Ramji Bhai Harijan - Mr. Deepsingh Chauhan (TCM) +91-99259-90903 Mr. Ramji Bhai (Sarpanch-Balchod) +91-99091-92846 Mr. Ashok Maheshwari +91-89803-16445 Balchod Panchayat Mr. Majid Bhai Luhar +91-99255-43151 Moti Mr. Ravi raj Jadeja +91-97127-28243 Mr. Arjan Bhai Sumar +91-91269-07640 Mr. Mahendra Singh Jadeja +91-99131-14648 Mr. Khodu Bha Ashu Bha Jadeja +91-91261-11752 Bhimpar Bhimpar Vllage Mr. Jilu Bhai Ashu Bhai +91-95676-73926 Mr. Abdul Bha Ali Md. +91-99251-33589 Issues Discuss:- Potential impact on village and livelihood condition from the proposed project. Health and Medical facilities.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 109

Participants Village Location Name Mobile No. C1 C2 C3 C4 Sanitation facilities Gender Empowerment through school infrastructure. Condition of Girls Education. Condition of Basic Infrastructure like Road, Drainage, Community Hall, Community Toilet and other Infrastructure facilities. Condition of quality of life. Employment condition. Condition of Safe drinking water and water resource facilities. Agriculture and Irrigation condition. Condition of Animal Husbandry and Availability of Charah. Medical care of Animal. Self Help Group formation for employment generation for females of village. Community Needs:- Boundary wall for Gaushala. Fodder for Animals. Up gradation of School. Individual/Community Toilet. Street/Solar Light in the village. Overhead Water tank with RO plant. Internal Road for village. Reconstruction of Community Hall. Training and Skill Development Program Training Program for female/women for formation of SHG. Local Employment.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 110

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Introduction

In this chapter, we:

 Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment  Predict and assess the environmental impacts of the such activities  Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance  Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation

4.2 Impact Assessment Methodology

4.2.1 Key Definitions

Environmental Aspects

These are elements of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the environment. Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.

Environmental aspects selected for further study should large enough for meaningful examination and small enough to be easily understood.

Environmental Impacts

Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.

Environmental Indices

The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.

The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being assessed) include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment, ground water environment, soil, ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health and safety

After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective / objective criteria to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps.

4.2.2 Identification of Impacts

This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:

3. Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental impacts)

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 111

4. Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can cause an environmental impact 5. Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact creation 6. Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting activities on each component

4.2.3 Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation

A component wise approach to environmental risk assessment and mitigation is now applied. For each environmental component this is carried through a series of steps as follows.

Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Risk

Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived at based on logical reasoning / consultation / extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods used to arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.

Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental Risk, Identifying Aspects Causing Unacceptable Levels of Risk and Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures

Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made to compare different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting activities (i.e. aspects) that require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different activities, a summary environmental risk score is calculated. Two key elements are taken into consideration based on standard environmental risk assessment methodologies:

 Severity / consequence: the resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical, biological and/or socio-economic environments  Probability: the likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect

A combination of severity / consequence with probability gives a reasonable measure of environmental risk, which aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring methodology howsoever well-defined is subjective and different persons can arrive at different impact risk scores based on their understanding / opinion. Therefore end results should be evaluated against past experience as well as professional judgment as well as project and activity specific conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. Kadam has made an effort to ensure that the scoring does not change significantly assuming that different evaluators are equally well informed on the project as well as knowledgeable on the concerned issues. The steps in identifying environmental risk follow.

1. Scoring the Impact Severity / Consequence

The consequences on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5 levels ranging from insignificant to catastrophic consequence and are given in Table 4-1.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 112

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT MEASURES

Table 4-1: Impact Scoring Sy Impact and Score7 Environmental S. Insignificant Major Catastrophic Component Minor Consequence Moderate Consequence No. Consequencestem – Consequence Assessment Consequence Consequence Impacted (+/-) 2 points (+/-) 3 points (+/-) 1 point (+/-) 4 points (+/-) 5 points C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 Duraton Very short term Short term Long term Medium term (>3 - 5 years) Very long term (>10 years) (upto 1 year) (>1 - 3 years) (> 5-10 years) Extend Landuse / Medium Range Long Range Extensive 1 Very Limited (Within core Limited Landcover >1 – 3.0 km around core (>3 – 7 kms around core (>7.0 kms around core zone) (<1 km around core zone) zone) zone) zone) Effect on Land use Classes Agricultural land & Open and Non-agricultural land Scrub land Water body Forest Area Close Vegetation Moderate environmental Minor environmental impact Significant environmental Unacceptable environmental Temporary nuisance due to impact due to controlled / due to controlled / impact due to release of air impact due to release of air controlled / uncontrolled uncontrolled release of air uncontrolled release of air emissions, odor / dust or emissions, odor / dust 2 Air Quality release of air emissions, emissions, odor / dust or emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases leading to leading to possibility of odor / dust or greenhouse greenhouse gases leading to greenhouse gases with no exceedance of limits chronic / acute health gases visual impacts, at significant lasting detrimental effects specified in EP Rules’ issues, injuries or fatalities nuisance levels Ambient Noise - Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit8 as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at Boundary of 3 give the mean Relevant Noise Generating Unit 1

7 In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell. 8 For leq (day) or leq (night), whichever is higher.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 113

Impact and Score7 Environmental S. Insignificant Major Catastrophic Component Minor Consequence Moderate Consequence No. Consequence Consequence Consequence Impacted (+/-) 2 points (+/-) 3 points (+/-) 1 point (+/-) 4 points (+/-) 5 points C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 score from the <10% or more Between <10 to <5% Between <5% or the limit Upto 5% above the limit >5% above the limit three Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit categories, 1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more rounded to the nearest decimal Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit 0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more Water Consumption (KL/D) Surface Water - < 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more give the mean Water Consumption, Duration score from the < 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more 4 three categories, Wastewater Discharge Quality rounded to the Other discharge, outside Discharge to an authorized, Other discharge within limits nearest decimal No wastewater generation Zero Discharge9 limits specified by the EP functional CETP specified by the EP Rules Rules Ground Water - Location of Drawl, as per CGWA / CGWB Regulations give the mean Safe Semi-critical Critical Over-exploited Notified score from the Water Drawl (KL/D) 5 three < 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more categories, rounded to the Water Drawl, Duration nearest decimal < 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

9 Meaning that any wastewater generated is recycled and any non-recycled water is disposed without discharge, through an appropriate means such as thermal destruction.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 114

 Loss of upto 80% topsoil, or  Loss of upto 100% topsoil,  Loss of upto 20% topsoil, or  Loss of upto 40% topsoil, or  Loss of upto 60% topsoil, or actual or possible or actual or possible minor contamination of soil actual or possible actual or possible contamination of soil contamination of soil 6  Soil Quality that can be easily restored contamination of soil contamination of soil volume >25 m3 and above volume >25 m3 and above close to original condition volume <25 m3 but below volume <25 m3 but above Dutch Intervention Values, Dutch Intervention for volume <10 m3 Dutch Intervention Values Dutch Intervention Values but not deemed to require Values10, and deemed to urgent remediation require urgent remediation

 Site specific loss (removal)  Site specific loss (removal)  Site specific loss (removal)  Site specific impact on Flora /  Impact on threatened of common floral species of some saplings of trees. of some common well threatened species but Fauna species listed in as a (but not any tree or trees). grown tree / trees species. impacted species is widely Habitat /  Minor temporary impacts endemic / Schedule-I as per distributed outside the Ecosystem  Vegetation composition on ecosystem functioning  Site specific loss of nesting IWPA 1972, BSI, Red Data 7 project site. Short term  Terrestrial does not form a habitat or habitat ecology of / breeding habitat of Book, ZSI, BSI or literature impacts may lead to loss of Flora character for any species of common / generalist common / generalist published by any State conservation significance. species. species of flora-fauna but abundance or extent, but  Terrestrial Govt. Institute, University will not result in permanent unlikely to cause local Fauna  No short term or long term  Minor short term / long and Collage etc. loss of habitat. population extinction. impacts are likely to term impacts on 1

10 Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 115

Impact and Score7 Environmental S. Insignificant Major Catastrophic Component Minor Consequence Moderate Consequence No. Consequence Consequence Consequence Impacted (+/-) 2 points (+/-) 3 points (+/-) 1 point (+/-) 4 points (+/-) 5 points C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7  Aquatic adversely affect the surrounding / immediate /  Short term or long term  Site specific habitat loss of  Loss of habitat of above Flora surrounding habitat / adjacent habitats and are impacts are likely to fauna listed in IUCN, said flora-fauna.  Aquatic ecosystem. resilient to changes in adversely affect the WCMC, Birdlife  Impact on genetic diversity Fauna habitat structure or surrounding habitat International, or any other  Site specific disturbance to Impact on NP /PF /WLS condition. character/ habitat ecology/ international literature -  Marine common / generalist faunal /ESZ /IBA / tiger reserve / functioning of ecosystem. secondary information. Flora species (e.g. movement  Impact on surrounding elephant corridor / corridor.  Marine pattern, displacement etc.). agro-ecosystem /  Impact on surrounding  Impacts on habitats /  Impact on ecosystem like Fauna agriculture when agro-ecosystem / ecosystems of international  No negative impacts on river, forest, wetland (e.g. environmental data / agriculture when physical importance. surrounding ecosystem RAMSAR site etc.) etc. parameters are within parameters with marginal functioning or habitat permissible limits increase but can be ecology mitigated.

Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area Socio-economic <0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% 2.5% Environment: Social Aspects - Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area give the mean Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe 8.1 score from the Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio categories, Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe rounded to the Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes nearest decimal <1 year <2 years <3 years <5 years Permanent Change

Socio-economic No of Jobs Gained or Lost 8.2 Environment: <50 Up to 75 Up to 100 Up to 250 Up to 500 or more Economic Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 116

Impact and Score7 Environmental S. Insignificant Major Catastrophic Component Minor Consequence Moderate Consequence No. Consequence Consequence Consequence Impacted (+/-) 2 points (+/-) 3 points (+/-) 1 point (+/-) 4 points (+/-) 5 points C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 Aspects - give <50 100 250 500 1000 or more the mean score Land Losers from the <10 <20 <50 <100 >100 categories, rounded to the Losers of Homesteads nearest decimal <5 <10 <25 <50 >50 Minor repairable damage to Moderate damage to Major damage to structures Irreparable damage to Socio-economic structures / items of cultural structures/ items of cultural / items of cultural Minor repairable damage to highly valued structures / 8.3 Aspects: significance, or minor significance, or significant, significance, or major commonplace structures items / locations of cultural Cultural infringements of cultural infringement of cultural infringement of cultural significance or sacred value values values/ sacred location values / sacred locations Occupational / Community Ongoing complaints from Minor complaints or Major ongoing long term Health and community. Significant Extreme health risk- Insignificant impact on exposure to community. health effects likely to 9.1 Safety: emission or discharge that potential for death in surrounding communities Maximum occurrence limited surrounding communities Community impacts on surrounding community to two times per year and workers Health and population Safety Occupational / Near miss incident or trivial Serious injuries requiring off Community Injuries requiring onsite injuries, which may require site treatment by medical Health and treatment by medical self administered first aid. practitioner or immediate 9.2 Safety: practitioner. Personnel Single Fatality Multiple Fatality Injured personnel can evacuation to hospital. Occupational unable to continue to continue to perform normal Potential long term or Health and perform duties duties permanent disabling effect Safety

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 117

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

2. Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact

After identifying the consequence severity as shown in Table 4-1, the probability of occurrence also needs to be estimated to arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact risk. Table 4-2 provides probability / likelihood ratings on a scale of 1-5. These ratings are used for estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.

Table 4-2: Probability of Occurrence Description Environment/Health and Safety Probability Frequent Continues or will happen every time during the Project Activity 5 Often Occur several times during the Project Activity 4 Likely Might occur at least once during the Project Activity 3 Possible Might occur during the Project Activity 2 Rare Very rarely encountered in during the Project Activity 1

3. Quantifying Environmental Impact Risk

The level of environmental impact risk is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the probability of occurrence together. Thus

Significance of Impact = Consequence Score × Probability of Occurrence

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. The impact estimation is carried out assuming a well managed Operation with the use of standard safety measures.

4.3 Identifying Activities Causing Unacceptable Levels of Environmental Risk

Environmental risks are now clubbed into four levels from extreme risk to low risk activities. Extreme risk activities are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or modified such that they are brought to a lower level of environmental risk.

High and moderate risk activities, although acceptable, require being evaluated and mitigated in a manner that their consequences / probabilities are lowered, with more focus on high risk activities vis-à-vis moderate risk activities. Low risk activities do not require further mitigation. This is summarized in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3: Environmental Risk Categorization Scoring Negative Impacts (-) Scoring Positive Impacts (+) Colour Code and Colour Code and Type of Risk Inference Inference Score Range Score Range Activity should not Activity has 25 Extremely Severe proceed in current 25 Extensive Positive form Benefits Activity should be modified to include Activity has Major 15-20 Very Severe remedial planning 15-20 Benefits and actions and be subject to detailed

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 118

Scoring Negative Impacts (-) Scoring Positive Impacts (+) Colour Code and Colour Code and Type of Risk Inference Inference Score Range Score Range ecological assessment Activity can operate subject to Activity has 8-12 Moderately Severe 8-12 management and / Moderate Benefits or modification No action required Activity has Minor 4-6 Less Severe unless escalation 4-6 Benefits of risk is possible Negligible Risk of Activity has mildly 1-3 Minor / Negligible 1-3 activity positive impacts

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all high risk and moderate risk activities. A programme to implement all mitigation measures is then prepared and presented as an Environmental Management Programme, presented in subsequent chapter.

Impact Assessment for the mining activities, based on the methodology described here, is given in the next section.

Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project

As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates an adverse impact and ‘o’ indicates a beneficial impact.

Identified environmental impacts have been listed in Table 4-4.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 119

Table 4-4: Identification of Impacting Activities and Proposed Mitigation Measures Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment

S. Project Activities / Aspects Remarks No. (EB) Soil (S) Soil (LU/LC) (LU/LC) Air Quality (AQ) (AQ) Air Quality Safety (OH / CH&S) Surface Water (SW) (SW) Water Surface (GW) Water Ground Landuse/ Landcover Landuse/ Landcover Socio-Economic (SE) (SE) Socio-Economic Community Health & Community Occupational Health, Health, Occupational Ecology & Bio-diversity & Bio-diversity Ecology Noise and Vibration (NV) C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 1 Site Selection LU (-): Potential change in landuse / land cover typically from agricultural land; SE (+): Compensation to land owner against lease 1.1 Land lease or purchase ● o – voluntary land lease at market rate SE (-): Reduction in agricultural productivity due to conversion of agricultural land to land for mining 2 Preparation of Site LC (-): Change in land cover from vegetation cover to barren (since landuse change will be long term / permanent being development operations) AQ (-): Dust generation during clearing operations Clearance of vegetation at site NV (-): Noise and vibration from vehicles and road 2.1 and preparation of approach ● ● ● ● ● o ● laying equipment roads EB (-): possible loss of green cover (very marginal if at all since most of the land lost will be agricultural) SE(+): improved local roads; short time employment for approach road construction OH (-): risk of occupational injuries

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 120

Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment

3 Mining Operation LU (-) Creation of pit and some area will be convereted to the reservoir AQ (-) Dust emission due to mining activities like drilling, use of compressor, vehicular movement and use of dewatering pump NV (-) Due to mining activities, use of compressor 3.1 Mining , Excavation of Mine Pit ● ● ● ● o ● ● o o and use of machienaries for mining SW, GW (-) use of water for dust suppression, domestic purpose and Greenbelt development EB (-) dust emission, Removal of vegetation and generation of noise SE(+) generarion of employment AQ (-) generation of dust and fly rock Stacking of Mineral Reject and NV (-) generation of noise and vibration 3.2 ● ● ● o Handling EB (-) generation of noise and vibration and dust emission S AQ (-) generation of dust emission NV (-) generation of noise and vibration 3.3 Transportation of mining material ● ● ● o EB (-) generation of noise and vibration SE (+) Employment Generation 3.4 Drilling and Blasting ● ● ● AQ (-) generation of dust and fly rock

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 121

Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 122

4.4 Air Environment

Emissions were analyzed for their impact on the ground level concentration for various distances using the dispersion modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the AERMOD.

Here, following activity has been considered for dispersion modeling for the mine:

 Mining Activity  Movement of vehicles

4.4.1 Impact of Excavation and Generation of Pits

Mining of Bauxite results in formation of pits. Dust within the pits is carried over and adds to the particulate matter in the ambient air. The emission factor of mining operations is given in the Table 4-5.

Table 4-5: Emission Factor, Pit source Modeling S. Operation Emission Factor Units No 1 Removal of Bauxite 0.003 Lb per Tons Material Throughput

The length, width, and depth are taken according to mining plan and it is 111.8 m, 111.8 m and 3.3 m respectively. The emission in g/m2/s is calculated to be 4.8 x 10-7.

Table 4-6: Input Parameters for Pit source modeling Parameter Value Maximum Working Pit Dimensions Length (m) 111.8 Width (m) 111.8 Depth (m) 3.0 Area (m2) 12520 Volume (m3) 37560 Max. Quantity Mined, ROM, (TPA) (Additional Pollution 38089 Load) Max. Quantity Mined, ROM, (330 day working) (TPD) 115.4 Max. Quantity Mined, ROM, (8-hr working) (TPH) 14.43 Emission Factor as Per USEPA Fire Model 3.0 x 10-3 Lb per Tons Material Throughput gm/sec 0.006 gm/m2/ sec 4.8 x 10-7

Assumptions

 The dispersion modeling assumptions considered were as follows:  The impacts of the pollutants were identified upto 10 km.  Polar grid at interval of 10 degrees has been considered at intervals of 250,500 and 1500 m with increasing distances from the source.  Stability class was evaluated based on solar isolation and cloud cover.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 123

 The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect reflector of plume and physico-chemical processes such as dry and wet deposition and chemical transformation of pollutants are negligible.

Results

For PM, the first highest maximum 24 hour average GLC within for Rata Talab Bauxite mine is estimated to be 9.34 µg/m3. This GLC is expected to occur at a distance of 200 m from the source towards the East within the site.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 124

3 Table 4-7: 24 Hour average GLC of PM10 (µg/m ) Distance / 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 Direction

10 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 0.33 0.31 0.29 0.27 0.25 0.17 0.09 0.06 0.04 30 1.41 1.73 1.83 1.79 1.63 0.68 0.14 0.05 0.02 40 3.08 3.65 3.05 1.79 0.87 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 50 4.86 4.61 1.45 1.01 0.98 0.68 0.33 0.20 0.14 60 6.56 4.44 4.35 3.53 2.62 0.70 0.14 0.05 0.02 70 8.07 8.06 4.02 1.90 1.23 0.60 0.24 0.13 0.09 80 2.21 7.12 3.70 2.36 1.46 0.29 0.04 0.01 0.00 90 3.69 9.34 5.38 3.71 2.85 1.14 0.39 0.20 0.13 100 5.49 0.84 5.48 2.90 1.65 0.29 0.07 0.03 0.01 110 5.15 7.07 3.93 2.62 1.89 0.65 0.22 0.12 0.07 120 3.94 4.37 1.67 0.83 0.47 0.07 0.01 0.00 0.00 130 1.85 4.42 2.86 1.80 1.13 0.24 0.05 0.02 0.01 140 1.36 3.31 2.22 1.68 1.34 0.58 0.21 0.11 0.08 150 0.70 2.53 1.67 1.29 0.98 0.25 0.04 0.01 0.00 160 0.74 2.33 1.11 0.90 0.76 0.38 0.13 0.07 0.04 170 0.35 4.36 0.47 0.07 0.05 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 180 9.13 5.36 2.64 0.72 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 190 7.78 3.56 3.53 2.74 1.83 0.20 0.02 0.01 0.00 200 6.24 4.29 1.10 1.15 1.18 0.91 0.37 0.18 0.11 210 5.53 4.90 3.02 1.03 0.26 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 125

Distance / 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 Direction

220 4.94 2.94 3.08 2.81 2.28 0.40 0.02 0.00 0.00 230 4.54 2.89 1.08 0.58 0.56 0.44 0.26 0.17 0.12 240 4.81 3.06 2.25 1.25 0.77 0.15 0.01 0.00 0.00 250 4.27 1.95 1.73 1.57 1.41 0.74 0.22 0.09 0.05 260 3.40 2.18 1.05 0.42 0.18 0.04 0.01 0.00 0.00 270 2.86 2.19 1.77 1.45 1.19 0.46 0.10 0.04 0.02 280 1.72 0.86 0.47 0.28 0.18 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 290 0.55 0.05 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 300 0.09 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 310 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 320 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 330 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 340 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 350 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 360 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 126

Figure 4-1: Concentration of PM due to Emission from Pit Source

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 127

Figure 4-2: Emission of PM due to Line Source

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 128

4.5 Impact due to Vehicular Movement

Emissions from the vehicles were analyzed for their impacts on sensitive receptors using the dispersion modeling system, AERMOD. The input parameters used are given in Table 4-8.

Table 4-8: Input parameters using line source modeling No. of additional Type of road Length of road (in Km) trucks / day (NW Emission Factor (gm/sec/m2) section) Unpaved 1.9 km 6 0.000013

Assumptions

The assumptions considered are as follow:

Emission factor for particulate matter (on unpaved road) has been calculated using the USEPA AP- 42 equation11. The equation is:

E= k(s/12)a x (w/3)b

Where k,a, and b are empirical constants, considered respectively, for PM10 emissions at 1.5, 0.9 and 0.45 respectively. Also,

E= size-specific emission factor (lb/VMT)

S= surface material silt content (%)

W = mean vehicle weight (Tons)

As per USEPA, AP-42, dust emissions will reduce by 75% if wet suppression (i.e. watering) is done (Section 13.2.2.3, Figure 13.2.2-2). Watering increases the moisture content, which conglomerates particles and reduces their likelihood to become suspended when vehicles pass over the surface. This has been considered whilst finalizing the emission factor.

Dust emission form the unpaved roads have been found to vary directly with the fraction of silt in the road surface materials. Silt content is taken as 16% based on soil analysis conducted by Kadam at site.

Table 4-9: Impacts due to proposed activity Baseline Emission due to Emission due to Total S.No. Location results Pit Sources Line Sources Incremental (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) Load (µg/m3) 1. Sanosara Village 46 0.09 0.12 46.21 2. Kanday Village 53 0 0 53 3. Rata Talab Village 67 4.42 3.76 75.18 4. Bhimpur Village 56 0.4 0.68 57.08 5. Balachod Moti Village 52 0.33 0.14 52.47 6. Mothala Village 60 0.02 0.01 60.03

11 USEPA, AP-42, Fifth Edition, 1995, updated till date, Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Volume – I: Stationary Point and Area Sources, Chapter 13, Section 13.2.2, Unpaved Roads

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 129

From the above table it is clear that the maximum incremental load due to mining activity and due to movement of trucks will be at site. This area is devoid of any habitation whatsoever and predominantly consists of mined out pits.

4.6 Landuse/Land Cover

As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects associated with the project. Potential impacts on land use and land cover are given in below table.Table 4-20Table 4-10: Aspect – Impact Identification S. No Project Activities/ Aspect Potential Environmental Impact on Landuse/ Land Cover (LU/LC) 1 Land Acquisition 1.1 Land Lease or Purchase Enhancement project – land already acquired as it is granted by Government to SMPL as lease to carry out mining activity 2 Preparation of Site 2.1 Site Clearing Change in Land Cover 3 Mining Phase 3.1 Mining Change in Topography 4 Reclamation 4.1 Back filling Change in Landuse

4.6.1 Land Acquisition

M/s OAL holds mining lease of Rata Talab Bauxite Mine over an area of 110.07 hectares, in survey number 275/P of Village Mota Balachod, Taluka Abdasa, District Kutch of Gujarat state. The lease was granted by Government of Gujarat by their order dated 14.09.1973 and was executed on 03.06.1974 for a period of 20 years. The lease got expired on 02.06.1994. Lessee has applied for renewal for a period of 10 years from 03.06.1994 to 02.06.2004. The lessee has applied for second renewal upto 02.06.2024 by their application dated 02.06.2003 and it is under the consideration of State Government. The proposed project is for the expansion of quantity of bauxite from 44,543.356 TPA (Pre- 1994) to 1,10,022 TPA ROM from the lease admeasuring 110.07 ha of land.

4.6.2 Preparation of Site

Site Clearing

The project site covers total 110.07 hectares of lease area. The detailed land use land cover pattern of the site is as given in table 4-2. This shows that there will be change in land use/cover pattern typically from river land without scrub, muddy area, scrub, open, close, mining area, agricultural land classes within lease period to Mining area. Vegetation classes includes land covered by Acacia sp. and Prosopis juliflora species. Mining activity in years to come will be carried out to expand open pit i.e. existing Mining area. Muddy area is the part of water body present within the lease area. This shows that mining activity would have effect on basically close, open and scrub vegetation classes, agricultural land, and water body.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 130

Preparation of Access Roads

The project site approach roads are developed so there will be no land acquisition. But the internal roads within the project boundary will be developed, this aspect is being considered in construction of site.

4.6.3 Construction Phase

Mining

Mining activity would also lead to generation of dust and particulates in immediate vicinity of the lease area. This would affect nearby vegetation which is typically thorny species and agricultural activity which is predominantly juwar, bajra and castor. Mining activity would also generate heap of material which could affect the topography of the region.

4.6.4 Reclaimation

Backfilling

In the proposed mining scheme, it is suggested that the waste generated during scheme period will be backfilled. As volume of voids is much more than material available for backfilling so entire mined out land upto original ground level will not be possible. Therefore part of mined out area will be backfilled upto original ground level and other part of the mined out area will be used as water reservoir. On this backfilled area in some portion plantation activity will be carried out.

So there will be change in mining area to barren land, plantation and water reservoir on the completion of mining activity.

Considering the above impact as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned above, the likely impact scores on land environment are mentioned in Table 4-11.

Table 4-11: Impact Scoring - Land use/cover Impact Impact Scoring and Type Land use Aspect of Impacting activity that – Direct Final Code Consequ Probability Remarks Activity will impact (D) Score Indirect ence, C , P Land C x P use/cover (I)

Direct The change in land cover is There is Duration of negative Clearance of change in land impact will (-2.33 ~ since land land cover from (-2.33) 1 be very 2) conversio scrub to long term n will be mining area for very long term to mining area

There is Duration of The change in land impact will (-3.33 ~ change in (-3.33) 1 cover from be very 3) land cover open, close long term is vegetation & negative

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 131

Impact Impact Scoring and Type Land use Aspect of Impacting activity that – Direct Final Code Consequ Probability Remarks Activity will impact (D) Score ence, C , P Land Indirect C x P use/cover (I) Agricultural since land to mining vegetatio area n classes & agricultur e land conversio n will be for very long term to mining area The change in land cover is negative There is Duration of since change in land impact will water cover from (-3) 1 (-3) be very body will water body to long term be mining area changed for very long term to mining area The change in topograph y in the region might There will be Duration of occur change in impact will (-10.64 several M Mining (-2.66) 4 topography in be very ~ 10) times in a the region long term year and has dust and particulat e generatio n Since land use would change This activity from would have mining Reclaimation positive impact area to on land use/ water body cover or plantation area

The impact scoring results shows that only one activity comes under moderately severe wherein activity can operate subject to management and or modification.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 132

Long term scenario

The present project would create employment to nearby villages. This could increase the street hotels along the road and transportation facilities. Also it could be envisaged that there could be shift in land cover/use from the existing vegetation cover and agricultural land along the State highway.

4.7 Noise Environment

Table 4-12: Aspect-Impact Identification from Proposed Project Potential S Project Activity Identified Aspect N/AN/E Impact No. NV C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 1 Project Construction Clearance of vegetation at site 1.1 and preparation of approach Generation of Noise N • roads 2 Mining Operation

2.1 Mining , Excavation of Mine Pit Generation of Noise N • Stacking of Mineral Reject and 2.2 Generation of Noise N • Handling 2.3 Drilling and Blasting Generation of Noise N • Vehicular movement for 2.4 transportation of raw materials Generation of Noise N • and finished goods Based on this above identification of impacts, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted due to the project are:

Noise: Adverse impact on noise quality is due to vehicle movements during site preparation, construction facility, during Operation phase during operation of Excavator, Jack hammer, Condensers etc. and Transportation of raw materials will lead to noise pollution.

Noise Environment

The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor impact on the surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level may arise out of the following:

Noise from Machinery/Equipment

For site preparation, during construction phase operation of equipment like Tipper, roller, Excavator etc. will be used. The equipment will be used during daytime and will emit noise within permissible limits. Thus, there will not be any adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.

Noise from Vehicle /Traffic

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise emission as the frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 133

Table 4-13: Environmental Impact Scoring

Impact Scoring S Identified Significance/ Project Activity Final No. Aspect Probability Consequence Consequence Score C P C×P C1 C2 C3 C9 C10 C11 C12 1 Project Operation Generation 1.1 Preparation of site -2 2 -4 Less Severe of Noise 2 Mining Operation Generation Moderately 2.1 Mining -3 3 -9 of Noise Severe Generation Moderately 2.2 Excavation work -3 3 -9 of Noise Severe Drilling and Generation 2.3 -4 4 -16 Very Severe Blasting of Noise Vehicular movement for Noise Moderate 2.4 transportation of -2 4 -8 Generation Risk raw materials and finished goods

4.7.1 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan

Noise modeling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan”, using SoundPlan essential 3.0 software. Which predicts the noise map generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various receiver points due to the sources present at the project site?

To analyze the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.

“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with colored pattern isopleths, which indicate whether or not the SPL in that particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for Sound Pressure Level indicated by CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the predicted SPL is below that, the Noise Map will show yellow color for that area. But if the SPL is above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in different color depending upon the Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in SPL is mentioned in the table if any conflict is predicted.

4.7.2 Consideration during the analysis

The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate SPL are considered slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered are as Table 4-14.

Table 4-14: Sources of noise with their SPL Levels dB(A) S. No. Sources Day Night 1 D.G 85 85

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 134

Levels dB(A) S. No. Sources Day Night 2 Excavator 95 95 3 Tipper 85 85 4 Jack hammer 110 110 5 Compressor 90 90 Using above consideration the isopleths generated during daytime and nighttime are as given in Figure 4-3 and Figure 4-4.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 135

Figure 4-3: Isopleths generated during daytime

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 136

Figure 4-4: Isopleths generated during nighttime

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 137

Observations

The SPL were predicted at different sources as mentioned above. The observations are:

The project site is located in a designated industrial area, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise Levels are 75 dB during the day and 70 dB during the night. However, SPL are considered on higher side for more critical analysis.

Since the sources of noise are present within the project site, near boundary wall of the project site being present, increase beyond 75 dB at the site was not observed.

From Figure 4-3 and Figure 4-4 it can be observed at project site, noise is predicted in the range of 50dB(A) -60 dB(A) which is within the permissible limit for industrial area.

The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are as given in Table 4-15.

Table 4-15: Noise level at receiver locations (SoundPlan Result) Assumed SoundPlan Conflict S.No. Receiver Name Limit dB(A) result dB(A) dB(A) Day Night Day Night Day Night 1. 100 m SE from Project boundary 55.0 45.0 41.3 41.3 - - 250 m West from Project 2. 55.0 45.0 40.5 40.4 - - boundary 3. Bhimpar village 55.0 45.0 33.7 33.5 - - 4. Balachod Moti village 55.0 45.0 31.0 29.3 - - 5. Balachod Nani village 55.0 45.0 35.9 34.7 - - As seen in the Table 4-16 shown above, during the day time minor predicted of the noise monitoring locations. i.e. 0.1 to 0.2 dB noticed, which is negligible considering that the minimum increase noticeable by a human ear is 0.5 dB. During the Night, 1.7 dB predicted at 100 m SE from project site, 1.3dB predicted at 250 m west from project boundary and other village have minor predict i.e. 0.1to 0.5 Which is negligible as will not have much impact on the residential areas. At all locations, the SPL would still be within the allowable CPCB limits even after the cumulative predicted increase. Another factor to be considered, is that SoundPlan analysis is carried out assuming that there are no obstructions (such as trees, buildings, walls etc.) in between the receiver locations and the sources of sound, which is not true in real conditions. Therefore, the actual results are going to be much lower than SoundPlan’ s predicted results, and hence increase of 0.2 to 0.5 dB is not likely to be noticed at any of the noise monitoring locations.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 138

Table 4-16: Predicted Increase Predicted Increase Predicted Cumulative SoundPlan SPL over the Baseline Data Sound Pressure Level predicted at Receiver Noise level dB (A) over the Baseline Data Baseline at Receiver Code Location Category Noise level dB (A) Noise level dB (A) Noise level dB (A)

Day Night Day Day Night Time Day Time Night Time Night Time Time Time Time Time 100 m SE from Project NL1 Residential 53.9 44.5 41.3 41.3 54.1 46.2 0.2 1.7 boundary 250 m West from Project NL2 Residential 53.5 44.9 40.5 40.4 53.7 46.2 0.2 1.3 boundary

NL3 Bhimpar village Residential 54.5 45.0 33.7 33.5 54.6 45.3 0.0 0.3

NL4 Balachod Moti village Residential 54.5 44.9 31.0 29.3 54.5 45.1 0.0 0.1

NL5 Balachod Nani village Residential 54.8 44.0 35.9 34.7 54.8 44.4 0.1 0.5

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 139

Mitigation Measures

Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the noise monitoring locations outside the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working within the project site, and who may face permanent hearing damage in case they face the Noise Dosage beyond the allowable level of Noise. Therefore, it is important to implement the following mitigations in order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to the people working inside the project site.

Mitigation Methods

 Selection of new low-noise equipment from the manufactures failing which use of additional retrofits if available.  Modifications of the older equipment or method by incorporating minor design changes  Implementation of an effective planned preventive maintenance which reduces noise level by more than 50 %  Use of noise barriers and total enclosures to block, redirect or reduce the flow of sound energy from all equipment including DG set and compressor before it reaches the receiver.  Isolating continuous vibrating structuring by proper mounting securely  When noise reduction at the source and in the transmission path fail to control excessive noise to the receive, it becomes necessary to develop administrative controls by a. Altering the work schedule, moving the personnel further from the noise source b. Reduction of sight length c. Modifying equipment operation to eliminate on reduce sound, and d. Use of warring signs and hearing protection devices  Developing green belts which act as pollution sinks

Table 4-17: Suggested Mitigation Measures Sound Sr. Source of Pressure Mitigations suggested No. Noise Level (dB) The limit set by CPCB for DG Sets is 75 dB A for a spatial average of 16 readings taken surrounding the DG Set. It is often observed that the Noise generated by the DG set 1 DG Sets 85 dB exceeds the CPCB limit. In the above case, Acoustical Enclosure with 30+ dB should be implemented for the Acoustical Enclosure.

The SPL for regular vehicle movement is below 70 dB and 2 Excavator < 95 dB no mitigation are necessary for this source of noise.

If the Compressors are installed with an Acoustical Canopy by default, no further mitigations are required. If there are no Acoustical Canopy for the compressor, Acoustical Enclosure with 30 dB Transmission Loss is 90 dB recommended for the compressor. 3 Compressors If Multiple Compressors (with canopies) are kept together, it is likely that their combined SPL when all of them are running may exceed 90 or 95 dB. It is recommended in such a case that Room Acoustical treatment be done for the compressor houseroom.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 140

Sound Sr. Source of Pressure Mitigations suggested No. Noise Level (dB) Trucks can get noisy and generate SPL up to 90 dB. The only mitigation possible for this source is to do regular maintenance of the trucks and keep their Sound Levels at Trucks lowest possible levels. 4 < 85 dB Movement In case any kind of Loading/Unloading is involved, the loading/unloading should not be done during the night time, during which it may cause more disturbance to the surrounding.

Conclusion

From above, it can be concluded that, due to noise generated from the proposed project there will not be any major impact on the surrounding habitations.

4.8 Soil Environment

Table 4-18: Aspect – Impact Identification for Soil Environment Potentiel Project Environnemental Final S. Activities Impacts on Consequence, C Probability, P Score No. / Ground Water Aspects C x P (GW) C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 Top Fertile soil 3 6 1 Mining layer will be 2 removed Prosopis julifera 3 6 Site 2 plants will be 2 Clearance uprooted Dusting on field 2 4 3 Blasting 2 crops Harvested rain 3 6 water in mining pits may become 4 Miner Pit saline/alkaline, 2 which may deteriorate soil quality at site

4.8.1 Mitigation Measures

 Preserve top soil layers to be used for afforestation.  Use symbiotic and non-symbiotic microbes along with organic manures for efficient raising of trees (afforestation).  Trucks carrying raw material should be covered to avoid dusting on field crops.  Soil (EC, pH & ESP) and Water (EC, pH & SAR) quality should be monitored periodically and if they become alkaline use iron pyrite or sulphur as an amendments and liberal quantity of organic manures as soils are calcareous in nature.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 141

4.9 Geology

Table 4-19: Aspect – Impact Identification

Potentiel Environnemental S. Project Activities Impacts on Remarks No. / Aspects Ground Water (GW)

C1 C2 C3 C4 1 Mining Resource Depletion (Bauxite)

4.10 Hydrogeology

Table 4-20: Aspect – Impact Identification Potentiel S. Project Activities Environnemental Remarks No. / Aspects Impacts on Ground Water (GW) C1 C2 C3 C4 Small pond for temporary storage of 1 Mining Change in topography rainwater OB consist of clay and Gaj limestone. Temporary Stacking of OB and Those need shift once initial excavation of 2 stacks/dumps, in initial Waste Bauxite creates a space for nonuse OB. stages may spread due to air and rain. The water requirement for the project can be split in two parts.  For mine operations high salt water will be used and will have no adverse impact.  For human consumption it needs transportation for nearby available Water will be consumed for 3 Use of Water source. The Labour force is in a operation and man power. small number and local. They are already consuming the water in that area and hence no impact ( domestic water is supplied through water supply scheme by Govt. of Gujarat)

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 142

4.11 Water

Table 4-21: Environmental Impact Scoring

Impact Scoring S Identified Significance/ Project Activity Final Consequence Probability No. Aspect Score Consequence C P C×P C1 C2 C3 C9 C10 C11 C12 1 Project Operation During Mining activity Consumption 1.1 1 1 1 Less Severe and working phase of water Generation During Mining activity 1.2 of Waste 3 1 3 Less Severe and working phase water

4.11.1 Mitigation Measure

There is no perennial surface water course or surface water body within the leasehold area due to scanty and unpredictable rainfall. Further, at the time of mining, 70 people/day due to which, the quantity of waste water generated will be very less i.e. 2.52 KLD. This wastewater will be disposed off through septic tank and soak pit thereby reducing the impact on surface water bodies.

The rainwater will accumulate in the mined out pits as well as in the pits created during lease period will be harvested which will be used for dust suppression. Proper lining of the mined out pits will ensure quality of rain water for reuse as a part of conservation and reuse of water (precious source).

4.12 Ecology and Biodiversity

Table 4-22: Aspect – Impact Identification Terrestrial Terrestrial Code Project Activity Aspect Flora Fauna Preparation of Site Clearance of vegetation and Removal of top soil C 1 preparation of including trees, shrubs and ● ● approach road at herbs Site Mining Operation Mining, Dust emission, removal of C 2 Excavation of vegetation and generation ● ● mining pit of noise Stacking of Generation of noise and C 3 mineral reject vibration and dust ● and handling emission Transportation of Generation of noise & dust C 4 ● mining material emission

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 143

Terrestrial Terrestrial Code Project Activity Aspect Flora Fauna Generation of noise, Drilling and C 5 vibration and dust ● Blasting emission Land C 6 Origin of water reservoir o o Reclamation

4.12.1 Impacts Scoring

Table 4-23: Impact Scoring Impact Scoring Code Impact Consequence Probability Final Score Significance C P C x P Preparation of Site Site specific loss of floral C 1a -1 1 -1 Minor Impact species Site specific loss of C 1b -1 1 -1 Minor Impact faunal species

Mining Operation Destruction or Moderate C 2 displacement of faunal -3 1 -3 Impact species Site specific disturbance C 3 to faunal and avifaunal -1 1 -1 Minor Impact movement Disturbance of normal C 4 -1 1 -1 Minor Impact faunal movement Displacement of Moderate C 5 sedentary animals -3 1 -3 Impact (burrowing rodents) Amphibians and reptiles Mildly positive C 6 3 1 3 may get shelter and food impact

4.12.2 Mitigation Measures

Table 4-24: Suggested Mitigation Measures Code Likely Impacts Mitigation Measures C1 C2 C3 Preparation of Site Site specific loss of floral No immediate action is required because all C 1a species species reported from project site are common and proposed project site (core zone) fall under Site specific loss of faunal waste land. So no true forest get affected. Same C 1b species time green belt may develop in mine lease area to compensate the above impacts. Mining Operation All species reported from project site are common. Destruction or displacement C 2 Green belt development may give shelter to of faunal species associated faunal species.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 144

Code Likely Impacts Mitigation Measures C1 C2 C3 Preparation of Site Site specific loss of floral No immediate action is required because all C 1a species species reported from project site are common and proposed project site (core zone) fall under Site specific loss of faunal waste land. So no true forest get affected. Same C 1b species time green belt may develop in mine lease area to compensate the above impacts. Site specific disturbance to C 3 faunal and avifaunal Night shift activities should be avoided. movement Night shift activities should be avoided. Extensive Disturbance of normal afforestation program with appropriate plant C 4 faunal movement species can take care on normal behavior of faunal groups. Displacement of sedentary Extensive afforestation program with appropriate C 5 animals (burrowing rodents) plant species may help to grow sedentary animals.

4.13 Occupational Health

OAL conducts workers and supervisor's health check up camp near to all companies mining areas from time to time like Medical Camp, Eye Care Camp, and Blood Donation Camp etc. OAL invites some local trust for organizing the medical check up camps.

Company is also conducting Initial Medical Check-up (IME) and Periodic Medical Check-up (PME) for all workers on regular basis and no any major disease reported.

The category of hazardous jobs assigned to various workers in the Orient Group of Mines is mentioned in Table 4-25.

Table 4-25: List of Workers, Hazardous Tasks Assigned with Duration Number of Maximum Effective Preventive & S. workers to be Occupational Health No. of Duration of Mitigative No. employed, by Issue Workers the Tasks Measures category Vehicle & Machinery Drivers & Heavy Maintenance Earth Moving Use of Ear plug & Hire when Exposure to Dust 1. Machinery NA Dust Masks required &Noise (HEMM) Water Sprinkling of Operators water for dust suppression Drill & Compressor Maintenance Drilling Wet drilling for dust Compressor Hire when Exposure to noise, dust control 2. NA Operators and required & heat Use of Ear muff & Helpers Dust Masks Provision of rest shelter.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 145

Number of Maximum Effective Preventive & S. workers to be Occupational Health No. of Duration of Mitigative No. employed, by Issue Workers the Tasks Measures category Use of gas mask & Ear muff Provision of blasting shelter. Exposure to explosive Working as per SOP materials, noise, and Regulation of Hire when 3. Blasting Crews NA gaseous fumes, flying MMR 1961. required rocks, & accidental Handling of explosion. explosive & detonators as per operating procedure given in MSDS.

Crusher 4. Supervisors & Not required NA - - Operators

4.13.1 Medical Facilities & Detail of Occupational Health Check up

Details of medical facilities & details of occupational health check up are given in Table 4-26.

Table 4-26: Medical Facilities & Health Check Details S. Type of Health Details of Medical Examination Medical Facilities Available No. Check up Blood pressure, Blood & Urine Sugar, Naliya (~ 40 km) have medical Initial occupational 1. Chest Radiography, Lung Function Test, facilities. A small dispensary is also health check up Vision Test, and audiometry. available at Rata talab village. Blood pressure, Blood & Urine Sugar, Naliya (~ 40 km) have medical Periodical medical 2. Chest Radiography, Lung Function Test, facilities. A small dispensary is also examination Vision Test, and audiometry available at Rata talab village.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 146

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 147

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environment monitoring plan is given in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Plan S. No. Activity Schedule Air Pollution Monitoring Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified Once in every season at each station except 1 by CPCB in their air consents from time to time monsoon within the mining lease area. Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified As per Common Consent and Authorization 2 by GPCB in their air consents from time to time (CCA) & Environmental Clearance conditions. at stations outside mining lease area. Water Pollution Monitoring Monitoring of one sample of tube well and open 1 well at plant / nearby location. Parameters are Once in every season except monsoon. essential parameters as per IS: 10500:1991. Noise Quality Monitoring Noise in the ambient atmosphere in mining 1 Once in every season except monsoon lease Maintenance and service of mechanized 2 Regularly equipment and vehicles Soil Quality Monitoring 1 Soil at two locations Once in every year

6.2 Projected Expenditure on Environmental Matters

Table 6-2 gives the expenditure to be incurred by SMPL on environmental matters. The expenditure on environmental matters has been included in the total project cost which is specified in Section 2.14.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 148

Table 6-2: Expenditure on Environmental Matters Approximate S. recurring cost per Head Basis for Cost Estimates No. annum (in Rs.)

As in mining leases there are no stacks hence the capital cost is nil. Recurring cost would include cost of monitoring of ambient 1 Air pollution monitoring 20,000 air environment at the mining lease season wise and measuring dust fall rate at 3 villages in two seasons such as summer and winter.

There are no treatment plants so the capital cost for water pollution control is 2 Water pollution control 10,000 also nil. While OAL will be monitoring tube well samples of Palakhada villages in each season. Recurring cost includes monitoring cost of 3 Noise pollution control 10,000 noise measurement at different locations. The recurring cost would be incurred on Environment hiring of consultants and payment of 4 monitoring and 2, 00,000 various statutory fees to regulatory management agencies. Capital cost includes backfilling of OB, 5 Green belt 2,50,000 fencing, afforestation. And recurring cost includes watering of plants. Total 4,90,000 -

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 149

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Risk assessment and Disaster Management Plan

7.1.1 Background

The methodology for the risk assessment has been based on the specific risk assessment guidance issued by the Directorate General of Mine Safety (DGMS), Dhanbad, vide Circular No.13 of 2002, dated 31st December, 2002. The DGMS risk assessment process is intended to identify existing and probable hazards in the work environment and all operations and assess the risk levels of those hazards in order to prioritize those that need immediate attention. Further, mechanisms responsible for these hazards are identified and their control measures, set to timetable are recorded along with pinpointed responsibilities.

In the unlikely event that a consequence has occurred, disaster management kicks in. This includes instituting procedures pertaining to a number of issues such as communication, rescue, and rehabilitation. These are addressed in the disaster management plan.

Both, the RA and DMP, are living documents and need to be updated whenever there are changes in operations, equipment, or procedures.

7.1.2 Key Definitions

Hazard: Source of potential harm, injury, or loss.

Consequence: Size of the loss or damage. In terms of health and safety, it is the degree of harm that could be caused to people exposed to the hazard, the potential severity of injuries or ill health and / or the number of people who could be potentially affected. Consequence of a hazard need not only be in terms of safety criteria but could also be in terms of a money loss, incurred costs, loss of production, environmental impacts as well as public outrage.

Risk: Combination of the likelihood of a specific unwanted event and the potential consequences if it should occur.

Risk Assessment: Is a process that involves measurement of risk to determine priorities and to enable identification of appropriate level of risk treatment (used also to describe the overall process of risk management).

Risk Control: Implementation of strategies to prevent or control hazards.

Risk Rating: The category or level or risk assigned following risk assessment (e.g. High, Medium or Low).

Risk Management: Overall description of the steps taken to manage risk, by identifying hazards and implementing controls in the workplace.

Emergency: A situation of process deviation that, if uncontrolled, may lead to a major accident/disaster with potential short term and/or long term risk damage consequence to life and property in and/or around the workplace.

Disaster: A catastrophic consequence of a major emergency / accident that leads to not only extensive damage to life and property, but also disrupts all normal human activity for a significant

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 150

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR MINING OF 1, 78,794 TPA ROM OF BAUXITE IN LEASE AREA 65.3971 HA, SURVEY NO. 185, 286, 290 & 299, VILLAGE SAURASHTRA MINERALS PVT PALAKHADA, TALUKA & DISTRICT PORBANDAR, LTD GUJARAT ADDITIONAL STUDIES period of time and requires a major national and / or international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected.

7.2 Scope of Work for RA & DMP Study

The scope of work has been framed as per DGMS requirements for risk and safety studies in mines, and includes the hazard identification, risk assessment, and ranking, resulting in treatment controls and action plans.

7.2.1 Level 1: Hazard Identification

Hazard identification includes:

Study of Safety Issues Pertaining to the Project

 Study of operational information, including safety concepts used in design of equipment and storages.  Listing of hazardous inventory and identification of key hazardous substances to be used.  Available procedures and the extent to which they are followed in operational mines by the same organization.  Consultations with employees who carry out or are likely to carry out the jobs.  Safety statistics for this and other mines, as applicable and available.  Statutory mine inspection reports, where available.  Past history of accidents and near misses.

The above are applicable to all the aspects of the mining activities including winning of minerals, their transport, and processing (as applicable).

Identification of Hazard Scenarios

 Identification of scenarios that can cause damage to life & property.

7.2.2 Level 2: Risk Assessment & Ranking

Risk Assessment

As defined earlier, risk is a function of likelihood and consequence. Likelihood is the chance that the hazard might occur. Since the risk of any hazard is dependent upon the chance that it will occur (likelihood) and the impact of an occurrence (consequence):

 Risk Score = Likelihood x Consequence

In some cases personnel are only exposed to the hazard for part of the time. Hence, a more detailed analysis of the risk ranking can be carried out by taking exposure (% time personnel are present) and probability (chance that they will be harmed) into consideration. Thus:

 Risk Score = (Probability x Exposure) x Consequence

The values used for likelihood, consequence, exposure or probability need to be agreed by the risk assessment team, and there is an element of professional judgment in exercising these choices.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 151

Risk Ranking

Risk ranking can be determined by qualitative and quantitative means. It should however be remembered that no one method is best. The best choice of method will depend on the circumstances and preferences at the mine, at the time the exercise is done. However, regardless of the method establishing risk ranking will set priorities for Hazard control. The most important purpose in hazard identification, risk assessment, and ranking is to draw up and implement plans to control these hazards. However, keeping the acceptance of the participants during workshops conducted at different mines, DGMS has suggested a criteria table for quantitative risk ranking to be used as in Table 7-1.

Table 7-1: Risk Ranking Criteria Scale for consequence Scale for exposure Scale for probability Several dead: 5 Continuous: 10 May well be expected: 10 One dead: 1 Frequent (daily): 5 Quite possible: 7 Significant fatality chance: 0.3 Seldom (Weekly): 3 Unusual but possible: 3 One permanent disability/ less Unusual (Monthly): 2.5 Only remotely possible: 2 chance of fatality: 0.1 Many lost time injuries: 0.01 Occasional (Yearly): 2 Conceivable but unlikely: 1 One lost time injury: 0.001 Once in 5 years: 1.5 Practically impossible: 0.5 Once in 10 years: 0.5 Small injury: 0.0001 Virtually impossible: 0.1 Once in 100 years: 0.02

On the basis of the above scoring format, and after a perusal of the resultant scores, professional judgment was exercised in selecting the following scale for assessing risk levels:

 Level 1: > 15; i.e., requiring immediate action  Level 2: <15 but > 5; i.e., requiring management action  Level 3: < 5; i.e., low risks requiring periodic review

7.2.3 Level 3: Treatment Controls and Action Plans

Treatment Controls

After examining the high priority risks, consideration is given to consider the potential to reduce or eliminate the risk by using the hierarchy of controls. This assists establishing methods to reduce the risk. From experience, the effectiveness of each method is given as a percentage after each of the control descriptions. The desirability of control plans (with reducing effectiveness) is as follows:

 Elimination: Remove steps to eliminate the hazard completely.  Substitution: Replace with less hazardous material, substance, or process.  Separation: Isolate hazard from person by guarding, space, or time separation.  Administration: Adjusting the time or conditions of risk exposures.  Training: Improving skills making tasks less hazardous to persons involved.  Personal protective equipment: Used as the last resort, appropriately designed and properly fitted equipment where other controls are not practicable.

Control measures can reduce either the likelihood or consequence of the event or both. Depending on the level of reduction of the hazard, there could still be a residual risk that needs to be

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 152

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR MINING OF 1, 78,794 TPA ROM OF BAUXITE IN LEASE AREA 65.3971 HA, SURVEY NO. 185, 286, 290 & 299, VILLAGE SAURASHTRA MINERALS PVT PALAKHADA, TALUKA & DISTRICT PORBANDAR, LTD GUJARAT ADDITIONAL STUDIES monitored so that a secondary prevention process can be initiated when trigger points are reached.

Action Plans

The team should develop an action plan recommending actions, responsibilities and when it should be completed. These require to be put forward to the decision-making authority and get reviewed, if necessary before taking a decision to proceed.

7.2.4 Level 4: Development of Disaster Management Plan

The suggested DMP has been organized in a Plan, Do, Check, Review (PDCR) cycle to enable effective implementation.

7.3 Hazard Identification

The proposed mining activities have been described in Chapter 3. The identification of hazards has been done considering these operations. The hazards have been covered under three broad activities that are part of the proposed surface mining operations: winning the mineral, transporting the mineral, and processing the mineral. While identifying the hazards, a consideration of issues discussed in Section 7.2.1 has been done. Hazard identifications under the three broad activities are discussed in subsequent paragraphs (with primary risk in brackets).

7.3.1 Hazards: Mineral Winning

Site Planning and Layout

Surveying

 Travel in moving vehicles on uneven terrain (fall from height, hitting of head on vehicle body)

Laying Out of Site

 Moving vehicles on uneven terrain (fall from height, hitting of head on vehicle body)  Operation of earthmoving equipment (fall from height, hitting of head on vehicle body)

Operations

 Falling rock (hit by fly rock)  Use of vehicle on uneven ground (fall from height, hitting of head on vehicle body)  Fires involving fuel storages and transfer facilities (exposure to radiating heat)

General Operations: Face Stability

 Working face in the bauxite mine will be quite stable and firm.  Rock fall or slides (hit by rock)

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 153

Inundation due to Excess Water

 Flooding due to excessive rainfall (drowning)  Flooding due to entry of storm water into working pit (drowning)

7.3.2 Hazards: Mineral Transport

 Vehicle roll over (impact on body)  Vehicle collision (impact on body)  Vehicle hitting pedestrians (impact on body of pedestrians)  Vehicle related fires (burn injuries)  Fuel related fires (exposure to radiating heat)  Access & egress to cab (hitting of head on vehicle body)

7.4 Risk Assessment

On the basis of the discussions given in Section 7.2.2, a team comprising members amongst the project proponents, deliberated on the issues and carried out risk assessment for the subject mine, dwelling on the likely hazards faced by the site. The results of the risk assessment are given in Table 7-2.

Table 7-2: Hazards Faced in Bauxite Mining Operations Score

S. Activity Hazard Description (Risk) Risk Level No. Exposure Probability Probability RISK SCORE Consequences Consequences

Site planning Travel in moving vehicle in 1 1 3 1 3 Level 3 and layout uneven terrain Rock falls or slide due to lack Bench 2 of bench face stability (bodily 5 1.5 2 15 Level 1 Formation injuries) Mining during unexpected Flooding due to excessive 3 1 0.5 7 3.5 Level 3 and heavy rainfall (drowning) rainfall Mining during Flooding due to entry of storm unexpected 4 water into working pit 1 0.5 7 3.5 Level 3 and heavy (drowning) rainfall Transportation Vehicle Accident (bodily 5 5 5 2 50 Level 1 of minerals injuries) Accidental fire in vehicle Transportation 6 (bodily injuries, exposure to 1 5 1 5 Level 3 of minerals heat radiation)

By arranging the above hazards from highest to lowest, the hazards were re-arranged as per their risk levels. This is done in Table 7-3.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 154

Table 7-3: Hazards Ranked by Risk Level S. Risk Activity Hazard Description (Risk) Risk Level No. Score Travel in moving vehicle in uneven 1 Site planning and layout 3 Level 3 terrain Rock falls or slide due to lack of bench 2 Bench Formation 15 Level 1 face stability (bodily injuries) Mining during unexpected Flooding due to excessive rainfall 3 3.5 Level 3 and heavy rainfall (drowning) Mining during unexpected Flooding due to entry of storm water into 4 3.5 Level 3 and heavy rainfall working pit (drowning)

5 Transportation of minerals Vehicle Accident (bodily injuries) 50 Level 1

Accidental fire in vehicle (bodily injuries, 6 Transportation of minerals 5 Level 3 exposure to heat radiation)

7.5 Hazard Analysis

Broadly, the hazards cover explosive material management, working at heights, slope and bench stability, mineral transport, mineral processing and force majeure conditions (rainfall & flooding). The mechanisms due to which hazards (coming under Risk Levels 1 & 2) may actually occur are covered in Table 7-4.

Table 7-4: Cause Analysis for Level 1 & Level 2 Hazards S. Risk Hazard Description (Risk) Risk Level Cause Analysis No. Score  Poor visibility Travel in moving vehicle in 1 3 Level 3  Incompetent driver uneven terrain  Poorly maintained vehicles  Improper design of bench Rock falls or slide due to lack  Force Majeure (such as heavy floods 2 of bench face stability (bodily 15 Level 1 or rainfall) injuries)  Improper blasting practices  Incompetent blasting personnel Flooding due to excessive  Excessive rainfall 3 3.5 Level 3 rainfall (drowning)  Improper management Flooding due to entry of  Excessive rainfall 4 storm water into working pit 3.5 Level 3  Improper management (drowning)  Head on collision between vehicle and Vehicle Accident (bodily another vehicle (due to poor visibility 5 50 Level 1 injuries) or incompetent drivers)  Poor vehicle maintenance  Accident to vehicle carrying fuel, and Accidental fire in vehicle subsequent ignition of spilt fuel 6 (bodily injuries, exposure to 5 Level 3  Improper storage of fuel, in MS drums, heat radiation) leading to spillage followed by ignition

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 155

S. Risk Hazard Description (Risk) Risk Level Cause Analysis No. Score  Driving with loaded material on uneven terrain, and subsequent ignition of spilt fuel

7.6 Controls and Action Plans

To ensure that causes leading to the possible consequences are prevented from occurring, control and action plans are developed and suggested as described in Table 7-5. It is required that these control and action plans be implemented and reviewed at least annually and also when there are changes to the work plan.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 156

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR MINING OF 1, 78,794 TPA ROM OF BAUXITE IN LEASE AREA 65.3971 HA, SURVEY NO. 185, 286, 290 & 299, VILLAGE PALAKHADA, TALUKA & SAURASHTRA MINERALS PVT LTD DISTRICT PORBANDAR, GUJARAT ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Table 7-5: Control and Action Plan Existing Responsible S. Hazard Causes Control Relevant Legislation Procedure Procedure Person No. (Y/N) (Designation  Proper catch bench design and Procedure for opencast proper blasting pattern reduces  Improper design working as per Reg. 106, over break ISO 9001, MMR-1961 Y Mines Manager of bench ISO procedure QSP-760-  Maintain the width to height ratio 06 as per DGMS Following procedures as  Force Majeure per Reg. 127 and 130 of Rock falls or  Dewatering or culverting the storm (such as heavy MMR-1961. MMR –1961 for Y Mines Manager slide due to lack water may reduces slides of bench 1 of bench face floods or rainfall) Dewatering or and stability (bodily culverting the water injuries) Procedure for opencast  Good design of blasting network is  Improper working as per Reg. 106, important to reduce rock fall and MMR-1961. Y Mines Manager blasting practices ISO procedure QSP-760- slides of bench face 06  Incompetent  Shot firer should have shot firer’s Appointment of Shot firer blasting permit granted under explosive MMR - 1961 as provided in Reg. 160 Y Mines Manager personnel rules of MMR 1961  Head on collision between vehicle  Haul road should be sprinkled Sprinkling of water in and another regularly haul road as per Reg. Vehicle accident MMR – 1961 2 vehicle (due to  Driving at night shall be avoided 124 MMR 1961 and Y Mines Manager (bodily injuries) Motor Vehicle Act poor visibility or  Driver should be RTO licensed appointment of RTO incompetent holder for driving vehicle licensed drivers drivers)

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 157

Existing Responsible S. Hazard Causes Control Relevant Legislation Procedure Procedure Person No. (Y/N) (Designation  Periodic servicing of vehicle  Brakes and steering apparatus Procedure for  Poor vehicle should be in good condition Maintenance of Vehicles Mines MMR 1961 Y maintenance  Headlight and tail light of the under Reg. 176 of MMR - Manager vehicle should be in good 1961 condition

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 158

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR MINING OF 1, 78,794 TPA ROM OF BAUXITE IN LEASE AREA 65.3971 HA, SURVEY NO. 185, 286, 290 & 299, VILLAGE PALAKHADA, TALUKA & DISTRICT PORBANDAR, SAURASHTRA MINERALS PVT LTD GUJARAT ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.7 Disaster Management Plan

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is a guide, giving general considerations, directions, and procedures for handling emergencies likely to arise from planned operations. The DMP has been prepared for the SMPL on the basis of the Risk Assessment and related findings covered in the earlier chapters of this report.

7.7.1 Disaster Management Plan: Structure

The DMP is supposed to be a dynamic, changing, document focusing on continual improvement of emergency response planning and arrangements. A structure working on a Plan, Do, Check & Review (PDCR) cycle has been therefore suggested. Another advantage of doing this is to have a system that is in synchronicity with commonly used EHS systems such as ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18000.

The DMP is covered in further detail in the remaining sections of this Chapter.

7.7.2 Policy

The Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS) policies are to be made accessible to all at site and to other stakeholders. The policies must be framed considering legislative compliance, stakeholder involvement, continual improvement, and management by objectives.

7.7.3 Planning

Identification and Prevention of Possible Emergency Situations

Identification of Emergencies

Possible emergency situations can broadly be classified into unintended explosions, vehicle collision, and inundation. Additional emergency situations can be developed on the basis of audit or other procedures prior to commencement of operations.

Emergency Prevention

Some of the ways of preventing emergencies are as follows:

 Preparation of a Preventive Maintenance Schedule Programme based on recommendations and also covering maintenance schedules for all critical equipments and instruments as per recommendations of the manufacturers user manuals,  Importantly, it is of great importance to collect and analyze information pertaining to minor incidents and accidents at the site, as well as for recording near misses or emergencies that were averted. This information gives an indication of how likely or unlikely it is for the site to face actual emergencies and what should be further done to prevent them from occurring.  Establishment of an ongoing training and evaluation programme, incorporating the development of capabilities amongst employees about potential emergencies and ways and means of identifying and averaging the same. Most emergencies do not occur without some incident or an abnormal situation. So there is always some time of few seconds to few minutes to arrest an

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 159

incident of abnormal situation from turning in to an emergency. This is the role of the shift in- charge who is the incident controller (IC) along with his shift team.

Emergency Plan Objectives

Specific objectives of the Emergency Response Plan are to be clearly listed with regards to the responses desired for successful management of the possible emergency situations. Suggested Objectives could include:

1. To define and assess emergencies, including risk and environmental impact assessment. 2. To control and contain incidents. 3. To safeguard employees. 4. To minimize damage to property or / and the environment. 5. To inform employees, the general public and the authority on the hazards / risks assessed. 6. Safeguard provided residual risk if any and the role to be played by them in the event of emergency. 7. To inform authorities like Safety and Fire Dept and Mutual Aid Centers to come up for help. 8. For effective rescue and treatment of casualties and to count the injured. 9. To identify and list fatal accidents if any. 10. To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normally. 11. To provide authoritative information to the news media. 12. To preserve records, equipments etc. and to organize investigation into the cause of the emergency and preventive measures to stop its recurrence. 13. To ensure safety of staff and patients and resume work. 14. To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide for emergency 15. Preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the plan.

Responsibilities, resources, and timeframes require to be allocated for implementing the objectives.

7.7.4 Implementation

Allocation of Resources

Key Personnel are identified for carrying out specific and assigned duties in case of any kind of Emergency. All such key personnel shall be available on call on holidays and off duty also.

1. Commander (Manager Quarries) 2. Deputy Commander (Personnel Officer) 3. Site Incident Controller (Shift in charge) 4. Deputy Incident Controller (Senior Mining Mate) 5. Essential staff

Responsibilities of Commander / Deputy Commander

1. To take charge at the place of incident. 2. To activate the Emergency Preparedness Plan according to severity of situation. 3. Inform all the employees and relatives of the affected employees. 4. Call all key personnel and inform Doctor to be ready for treatment. 5. Commander shall deploy staff carry out following functions -

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 160

6. To coordinate and reinforce Emergency Combat at Site along with Site Incident Controller 7. To liaise with other Departments and guide their personnel 8. To supervise Assembly and Evacuation at all points 9. To look after Patients who are bed ridden and any Casualties and give psychological support 10. Activate Assembly and Evacuation Plan if required as per situation by ordering Site Incident Controller 11. Inform and liaise with Chief Operating Officer, Police department and District Emergency Authority. 12. Arrange for chronological records of emergency to be maintained. 13. Issue authorized statements to News Media. 14. Ensure that proper consideration is given for preservation of evidence and arrange for video shooting / photographs. 15. Deputy Commander shall carry out the responsibilities of Commander in his absence and assist him in his duties when present. 16. Assign Medicare and Emergency Management tasks to all persons of management cadre

Responsibilities of Mines Foreman

1. To take immediate charge at the site of incident. 2. Ensure that immediate steps as per Emergency Preparedness Plan are taken and direct the worker staff. 3. Inform Commander, Deputy Commander and other key personnel’s. 4. Shall blow the Siren / Hooter as per situation to declare Emergency. 5. Supervise assembly and evacuation as per plan, if required. 6. Appoint more than one Deputy Incident Controller to take charge if emergency occurs at more than one place. 7. Ensure that Commander has been alerted. 8. Take decisions for controlling the emergency till arrival by Commander. 9. Ensure that casualties are receiving adequate attention and medical care. 10. Ensure accounting for personnel and rescue of missing persons. 11. Control traffic movement in Quarry premises. 12. When emergency is prolonged arrange for relief of rescue workers and catering facilities. 13. Deputy Incident Controller shall take charge at site of emergency in the absence of Site Incident Controller. 14. In the presence of same, he shall assist Site Incident Controller or take charge at another location, if emergency exists in more than one place.

Responsibilities of essential staff

A task force of essential trained staff is made available to get work done by Incident Controllers. Such work shall include -

1. Fire fighting and spill control till fire brigade takes the charge. 2. To help the fire brigade, if it is so required. 3. Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipment, materials, urgent repairing or replacement, electrical work etc. 4. Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, material, etc.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 161

5. Movement of equipment, special vehicle, and transport to or from the scene of the incident. 6. Search, evacuation, rescue, and welfare. First - Aid and medical help. 7. Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel. Manning of outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there. 8. Assistance at casualty’s reception areas to record details of casualties. 9. Assistance at communication center to handle outgoing and incoming calls and to act as messengers if necessary. 10. Control of traffic at Quarry premises.

Setting up of Emergency Infrastructure

To enable the key persons to implement the DMP, the following infrastructure will require to be set up:

Assembly Points

In case of emergency the site needs to be evacuated immediately. On evacuation people will go to pre-assigned assembly points. The charge will be taken by shift in charge and in his absence person deployed by Commander will be in charge of respective assembly points and will supervise Assembly and Head Count. A Board indicating the Assembly Point having relevant information is placed at point for guidance.

Liaison with State Authorities

Government authorities, local hospital, police fire services, Taluka mamlatdar, district collector will be kept informed about the occurrence and development of any incident by Commander and procure necessary help and guidance from these authorities.

Task Force of Essential Staff

A task force of essential trained staff is made available to get work done by the Commander. Task Force personnel shall be trained to perform tasks as mentioned above.

Emergency Control Center

Manager-Quarry Office will act as Emergency Control Center and provided with required communication facilities. The Control Center is situated in an area of minimum risk and close to the road to allow for ready access by a vehicle if other systems fail or extra communication facilities are needed to be set up. The Emergency control center should consist of following items:

1. External telephones 2. Emergency plan. 3. Stationeries 4. Torches and emergency lights.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 162

Fire Fighting

Person noticing the fire shall immediately raise alarm and ask the nearest person to inform Matron and Manager-Quarry. The person at site shall use portable Fire Extinguisher in an attempt to extinguish the fire. Mine Mate shall assess the severity of fire and if likely to be severe shall take following steps -

1. Call fire tenders and mobile trailer pump from nearby fire department. 2. Call for assembly of all persons at assembly points 3. Arrange for turning "OFF" main switch of electricity supply. 4. Manager-Quarry shall review the steps taken by Matron in his capacity as COMMANDER and establish a "Control Room" in his office.

Immediate step in case of explosion:

1. At first the concerned security guard should inform about it to the shift-in-charge and Mgr.- Quarry. 2. They will take the precaution described in the Work Instruction.

Further Steps in Case of Fire Spreading

Commander shall continuously assess the situation and if it is not being controlled then ensure:

1. Assembly of all persons at the assembly points. 2. Arrival of fire tenders and / or Mobile Trailer Pump. 3. Ensure evacuation, in orderly fashion. 4. Ensure that any vehicle parked near the Fire Site is taken away to safe area. 5. Carry out responsibilities as detailed as above.

Natural Disasters

Quarry being a single storey building, built on elevated base is structurally safe from effects of Natural Disasters. It affords shelter against cyclone and flood.

Cyclone and Flood

1. When warning of cyclone or heavy rains is received from Local Administration, the Commander shall alert Staff to be prepared. 2. Mines Mate shall withdraw the entire person from work place and accumulate them in quarry building. 3. All the equipment should be withdrawn from mine and kept in a higher site. 4. The mines Manager may advise to leave the staff depending on security of situation. 5. Earthquake 6. When earthquake hits, all persons shall be encouraged to run out in the open areas designated as Assembly Points. 7. The electrical department should disconnect the electrical supply. 8. All key personnel shall reach Quarry immediately and carry out designated responsibilities 9. Steps detailed in Emergency preparedness are to be carried out. 10. As soon as earthquake tremor stops - Site Incident Controller (Matron) shall:

 Check all areas to ensure that all fires and doused.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 163

 Check all areas for persons trapped inside.  Search and Rescue Operation shall be launched with help of Workers, if there is obvious damage to building.

First Aid

Basic items in a first aid kit consist of items listed in Table 7-6.

Table 7-6: Suggested Items in First Aid Kit Sr. No. Description Quantity 1 First aid leaflet 1 copy 2 Sterilized finger dressing 10 nos. 3 Sterilized hand or foot dressing 10 nos. 4 Sterilized body or large dressing 6 nos. 5 Sterilized burns dressing - small 4 nos. 6 Sterilized burns dressing - large 2 nos. 7 Sterilized burns dressing – extra large 6 nos. 8 Sterilized cotton wool (25 gms) 2 tubes 9 Cetavolon (28 gms) 2 tubes 10 Eye pads 6 nos. 11 Adhesive plaster 1 spool 12 Assorted roller bandage 6 nos. 13 Triangular bandages 6 nos. 14 Safety pins 6 nos. 15 Scissors, ordinary, 12.7cms, both sides sharp 1 pair 16 Savlon liquid, 150 ml, or equivalent 2 nos. 17 Cotton wool for padding, 100 gms 2 packets 18 Eye Ointment of sulphacetamide preparation 1 tube 19 Loose woven gauze (28”x8”), compressed pack 1 packet 20 Aspirin, 300 mg (10 tablets) 5 strips 21 Scribbling Pad, 4”x 6” with a pencil in a plastic cover 1 no. 22 Adhesive dressing strips 10 strips 23 Field dressing of modified army pattern 3 nos. 24 Record cards in a plastic cover 1 set 25 Torch, medium size 1 no. 26 Eye wash 1 no. 27 Wooden splints, small 1 set 28 Wooden splints, big 1 set

Treatment of affected persons

1. Injured / Affected persons shall be provided suitable first-aid treatment and sent to Co.'s Doctor for further treatment depending on injury. 2. Patients requiring further treatment shall be sent in Ambulances to Hospitals in Porbandar.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 164

3. Patients suffering from minor problems shall be discharged and sent home after preliminary treatment

Post Emergency Activities

Medical check-up: Medical checkup of affected persons if any and suitable medical aid shall be provided.

Collection of Records: Exact information shall be collected regarding cause of Emergency and remedial measures suggested preventing recurrence.

Inquiry: Detailed inquiry shall be carried out to find out cause which will be in the form of fact finding and recommendations made to suitable authority.

Insurance Claims (if any): Insurance claims for damage due to consequences of emergency shall be filed.

Mock Drill

Full scale mock drill shall be conducted at least once a year in coordination with Safety Department.

Manager-Quarry shall declare the emergency for mock drill and all persons concerned shall perform duties as per Responsibilities given in this Plan.

Training

Regular training of all concerned personnel will be conducted to enable the Staff to face any type of Emergency be it Natural Disasters, Fire in Equipment, Building or any explosion in quarry.

7.7.5 DMP Audit, Non Conformance and Corrective Action and Preventive Action

Since this DMP has been designed as a dynamic document, it is required that its performance be audited at regular intervals. Ideally, persons auditing the DMP should be external auditors (i.e. not employed at the site being audited). The audit should result in a set of findings that are put before the site management for review.

Audits will be periodic, at intervals that are decided by the Head Office. Audit reports shall state the exact non-compliance with the particular clause of this DMP, and should include steps to be taken to attain compliance, through corrective and preventive actions.

7.7.6 Review of Emergency Performance

The site / head office management will review the findings of the audit and the non-compliances. It will consider whether the DMP is providing adequate safety assurance to the management, delivering performance as desired, and whether it continues to be in the spirit of Environment, Health, and Safety Policies, and changing requirements. On the basis of these, the management will record its decisions and consider modifying the DMP, as deemed appropriate.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 165

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT PROJECT BENEFITS

8 PROJECT BENEFITS

There are various attractive commercial and social reasons which are responsible for the development of bauxite mining.

 First of all, the mining company uses high-grade bauxite ore for their own use in their company situated at Porbandar and sells the low-grade bauxite to local market or export it.  Secondly mining activities in any area provide source of employment to the local inhabitants and helps in decreasing the migration of local people from their native places.  Apart from all these, bauxite mining will benefits the national government by all these social issues and also by the revenue provided by the mining company.

Therefore, mining will produce useful bauxite, generates wealth for the country, provide employment opportunity to local people and helps in increasing their living standards.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 166

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR MINING OF 1, 78,794 TPA ROM OF BAUXITE IN LEASE AREA 65.3971 HA, SURVEY NO. 185, 286, 290 & 299, VILLAGE PALAKHADA, TALUKA & DISTRICT PORBANDAR, ENVIRONMENTAL SAURASHTRA MINERALS PVT LTD GUJARAT MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS

Environmental Cost benefit analysis is not require as per the proposed ToR points given by Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate change, Impact assessment division

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 167

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Environmental Management Plans

10.2 Introduction

The EIA study for the proposed project has identified impacts that are likely to arise during different phases of the project. The study has also examined the extent to which the adverse impacts identified can be controlled through the adoption of mitigation measures. The Environment Management Plan describes both generic good practice measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts associated with the proposed activities.

10.3 Purpose of the EMP

The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical and socio- economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

 A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that SMPL will implement  The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action

The timings for implementation of the action are also included to ensure the objectives of mitigation get fully met.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 168

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED GUJARAT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

Table 10-1: Environment Manageme Objective To reduce air emission due to the proposed project Concern Increase in air pollution to the proposed project Benefit of EMP Reduce deterioration of air quality and around the site nt Plan for Air Environment Impacting Mitigation Measures Remarks Activities and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Records Periodic Maintenance Preparation of and servicing of the site & mechanized equipment Random Check of Air Monitoring data At site Contractor - movement of and vehicles used for Equipment logsheet vehicles at site site clearing, Use of sharp equipment Topsoil will be removed Quantity of top soil and backfilled in the During backfilling Mine Operator/ bauxite and mineral Record of Production void generated. Bauxite At Site - andf stacking Geologist reject and area of and Waste generated Mining of and wate generated will backfilling bauxite be stacked propoerly Regular water spraying For the duration of Random checks by At site Mine Operator Random Checking - will be done operation phase Site Operator

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 169

Table 10-2: Environment Manageme Objective To reduce and manage noise level due to the proposed project Concern Increase in Ambient Noise level due to the proposed project Benefit of EMP Noise environment of the area will not be impacted by the proposed activity nt Plan for Noise Environment Impacting Mitigation Measures Implementation and Management Remarks Activities and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records Periodic Maintenance Preparation of and servicing of Once in a day the site & mechanized equipment Regular noise level Noise level monitoring At site during the Contractor - movement of and vehicles used for monitoring records construction phase vehicles at site site clearing, Use of sharp equipment Maintenance and Vehicle servicing For the duration of Random checks by servicing of mechanized At site Contractor records - construction phase Site Engineer equipment and vehicles Noise monitoring Mining , Project activities to be Excavation of For the duration of Random checks by undertaken during At site Contractor Attendance Sheets - Mine Pit construction phase Site Engineer regular working hours Erection of temporary At site For the duration of Visual checks by Site Contractor Photographs - barriers boundary construction phase Engineer Maintenance and Equipment servicing Filling of For the duration of Random checks by servicing of Foundation - Contractor records - foundation founding filling Site Engineer filling equipment Noise monitoring

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 170

Table 10-3: Environment Manageme Objective To ensure that the water environment during mining is properly managed Concern Storage, handling and disposal of produced waste water can deteriorate water quality Benefit of EMP Reduce deterioration of water quality in and around the site nt Plan for Water Environment Impacting Mitigation Measures Implementation and Management Remarks Activities and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records Stogare of wate Stored water will be Daily during Quantity of water Daily water in mined out used for greenbelt and At site Mine Operator - operation phse used comsumption record area spraying of water Generation of Sewage generated will Daily during Quantity of treated domestic waste be disposed off in soak At sit Mine Operator - operation phase water water pit

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 171

Table 10-4: Environment Manageme Objective To ensure that the Soil environment during mining is properly managed Concern Mining of bauxite and backfilling of stacked material may deteriorate soil quality Benefit of EMP Reduce deterioration of soil quality in and around the site nt Plan for Soil Environment Impacting Mitigation Measures Implementation and Management Remarks Activities and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records Mining of Mined ouit bauxite will Daily during Mine Operator/ Register of Production At site Quntity of Bauxite - bauxite be stored properly operation phse Geologist data Backfilling will be done side by side as entire Register of backfilling backfiling is not Daily during Mine Operator/ Quantity of Backfilling At sit data, mineral waste - possible some area will operation phase Geologist backfilling material data be used as water reservoir

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 172

10.4 Green Belt Development

Despite the fact that, the proposed mine lease area not having true forest habitat, Further the core zone is also dominated by Prosopis tree species and therefore clearing of vegetation (mainly tree species) from the waste land of the lease area likely to minimal impact on floral composition at local level. In order to compensate the loss of vegetation cover, it is suggested to carry out extensive afforestation program mainly in mine lease area earmarked for plantation program. This green belt development program would ensure the faunal species to re-colonies and improve the abundance status in the core zone.

Criteria for Plant selection

 A total of 24 plant species were suggested and they have been selected from the list of wild and common tree species reported from the study area with some species reported comparatively high density to ensure the survival rate.  Tree species which are tall and bearing larger canopy cover and leaf area were included for improving the ambient air quality by controlling the dust.  Tree species of different size classes (small, medium and larger) were suggested to maintain the different canopy levels at vertical profile and thereby improve the foliage height diversity to attract more bird species. Some fruit trees were in the selection list to attract specifically frugivore birds of the study area.  Wild species were suggested to provide habitat for faunal species, increase the species diversity and maintain the naturalness.  Commiphora wightii is a threatened plant species of the study area included in the list to improve the local abundance status.

The list of plant species suggested in Table 10-5.

Table 10-5 : Species suggested for Green Belt development Sr. No. Botanical Name Vernacular name Value Performance 1. Acacia senegal Gobita DC 2. Acacia nilotica Baval DC 3. Albizia lebbek Sirsul NC,DC 4. Albizia procera Kilai NC 5. Azadirachta indica Limbado NC,DC 6. Bauhinia racemosa Shimalo DC 7. Butea monosperma Phalas DC 8. Cassia auriculata Aval DC 9. Casuarina equisetifolia Sharu DC 10. Commiphora wightii Gugal 11. Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo 12. Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo NC 13. Leucaena leucocephala Pardesi Baval 14. Madhuca indica Mahua 15. Pongamia pinnata Karanj

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 173

Sr. No. Botanical Name Vernacular name Value Performance 16. Prosopis cineria Khyigdo 17. Pithecellobium dulce Gorasmli 18. Salvadora persica Piludi 19. Syzygium cumini Nerlu NC,DC 20. Tectona grandis Sylo 21. Terminalia arjuna Holematti NC,DC 22. Terminalia bellericia Tare NC, DC 23. Tamarindus indica Imli NC,DC 24. Zizyphus mauritiana Bor Value Performance : NC - Noise Control, DC - Dust Control

Budget Allocation for Greenbelt within Project Site

Table 10-6: Budget for Greenbelt Development within Core Zone and Bufferzone 5th Work or Activity 1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year Budget (INR) year Within Core Zone Plantation within Project Site will be carried out in five years. Totally 50 saplings will be planted (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 50 per plant) Saplings Required 50 50 50 50 50 12,500/- Amount 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 Additional Greenbelt in Buffer Zone Villages: 1st year 2nd year 5th 3rd year 4th year Work or Activity Moti Nani year Budget (INR) Bhimpur Mothala Balachod Balachod Kanday Plantation on agriculture hedges, around water bodies, along the road connecting to site, Near public places: 200 plants will be planted every year up to five years (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 75 per plant) Saplings Required 200 200 200 200 200 75,000/- Amount 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 Maintenance cost of plantation (Fencing, pruning, watering of plant etc.) Amount 12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 62,500/- Environmental awareness programme in nearby village Amount 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 1,00,000/- Total Budget 2,50,000/- (Two Lacs Fifty Thousand Only)12

12 All other costs like labor, soil filling dressing, irrigation etc. costs will be burned by client / proponent.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 174

10.5 Rainwater harvesting

10.5.1 Rainwater Harvesting Scheme

The general slope in mining lease area is toward South, so rainwater from major part of lease area will be collected in mine out pits.

As per the IBM approved mining plan, at the end of five year plan period, out of total 110.07 ha of area, mining will be carried out only in 5.4300 ha of area out of which 3.1 ha will be backfilled and rest will be used as an water reservoir. i.e. 2.2550 Ha area having average depth 5 m.

Thus volume available for storing of rainwater will be

22550 m2 (area of water reservoir) * 5 m (depth) = 112750 (m3)

Total area of mine lease area is 110.07 Ha. The nearest IMD station is Bhuj reported average annual rainfall intensity 0.343 m. If considering only rainwater that falls within reservoir than total annual rain water collected in pits will be

22550m3 × 0.343 m=7735 m3 (precipitation)

112750 m3 (volume of pit)

105015 m3 (short fall)

10.5.2 Calculation for adequacy of rainwater for Green Belt

Water requirement for Plantation=2.6 m3/day

Rainy days= 15

365 days – 15 rainy days= 350 days

Water requirement is for 350 days

Annual water Requirement for Plantation

2.6 m3 × 350 days = 910 m3/annum

Available rainwater = 7735 m3/annum

From the above calculation it is access that rainwater should be adequate for Plantation

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 175

10.6 Social management plan

The social management plan proposes to improve the quality of life of inhabitants of potentially affected villages directly.

The goal is “a pollution free area with improved quality of life and empowered community “ and the three key pillars on which this would be developed are – social, health, infrastructure improvements with efforts on minimal disruptions present life style and any ensuing negative impacts.

Social – Awareness on project benefits, gender empowerment, increases livelihood opportunities during implementation of technical and social remediation plans and generating community participation.

Health - Awareness on health, hygiene, environmental sanitation and generic issues related to improving quality of life with specific emphasis on potable drinking water, HIV/AIDS/STI mitigation.

Infrastructure - Developing prioritized infrastructure facilities which are related to the continuum of project benefits to the local communities and area as a whole.

10.6.1 Implementation Arrangement

The social management plan and its activities will be implemented by NGO/Consultants under the close supervision and monitoring of the CSR division of the company or any consultant appointed by the company.

10.6.2 Monitoring and Evaluation

Two time (Mid-term and after completion of the work) monitoring will be done by the third party appointed by the company.

10.6.3 Grievance Redressal Mechanism

A grievance is indignation from a feeling of having been wronged. Attempts will be made to solve all grievances at the community level with the help of village level committee. Any remaining grievances would be taken up to CSR division of the company for resolution. Grievance Redressal Group (GRG) will be formed before the Contractor for development work is appointed.

10.6.4 Corporate Social Responsibilty

Identified CSR Activity

As part of the proposed project, the company is committed towards its social responsibilities in the project area.

The following new activities have been proposed by the project proponent as part of its social responsibilities.

 Boundary wall for Gaushala.  Charah for Animals.  Up gradation of School.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 176

 Individual/Community Toilet.  Street/Solar Light in the village.  Overhead Water tank with RO plant.  Internal Road for village.  Drainage.  Reconstruction of Community Hall.  Training and Skill Development Program  Women empowerment programs  Veterinary Camps  Medical Camps.  Training Program for female/women for formation of SHG.  Local Employment.

10.6.5 Budget with Break-up

As per Corporate Social Responsibility Notification (Schedule VII, Company Act), the Company has earmarked Approx 16.50 Lakh Rs. for undertaking the CSR activities. An annual budget of INR ~3 Lakh per annum (till five year) for the same has been kept aside by OAl. CSR activities shall be done in surrounding villages of Project area.

Table 10-7: Budgets for Implementation of CSR Activities (In Lakh) S. No. Activities* Budget (Rs. In Lakh) 1. Educational Activities 2.50 2. Medical & Health Facilities 2.00 3. Safe Drinking Water Facilities 2.50 4. Infrastructure Facilities 3.00 5. Animal Care 5.00 6. Training Programs 1.50 Total 16.50

Source: Details Based on Group Discussion and Visual Perception

Table 10-8: Budget Break-up of CSR Activities of 5 years *The activities based on Focus Group Discussion and Visual Perception

Year wise allocation of Amount (Rs. In Lakh) S. Activities* 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Total No. 1st year year year year year Cost C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 1. Educational Activities 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 2.5 1.1 Promoting Girls Education by Merit Girls given Scholarships 1.2 Upgragdation of School Infrastructure 1.3 Digital Education (Computer) 1.4 Stationary, Shoes and Clothes for School child 2. Medical Facilities 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 2.00

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 177

Year wise allocation of Amount (Rs. In Lakh) S. Activities* 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Total No. 1st year year year year year Cost C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 2.1 Medical Camps 3. Water Supply System 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 2.5 3.1 Water Supply System 3.2 R.O. System 4. Infrastructure Facilities 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 3.00 4.1 Community Latrine 4.2 Solar Light 5. Animal Care 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 5.00 5.1 Veterinary Camp 5.2 Awareness Program for Animal Care 5.3 Animal fodder (Charah) 6. Training Programs 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 1.50 6.1 Vocational training and Skill development programs for youth 6.2 Women empowerment programs 6.4 Training to promote rural sports Total Amount 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 16.5

10.6.6 Conclusion

The social management plan therefore concentrates on mitigation of perceived impacts during the running of Project. The Project emphasizes on health, hygiene, drinking water, Public infrastructure like (Community hall, Toilets) and girl’s education issues and includes awareness generation amongst the community on blasting and other procedure during the running of Mining.

The Social Management Plan encourages community participation through formation of a Grievance Redressal Group to minimize and mitigate any grievance that may arise during the period of CSR projects implementation. An NGO would be appointed by the company to ensure community participation, mitigate potential adverse impacts and help in resolving any disputes and grievances that may arise. It would also engage in awareness programs with community and encourage selected community members specifically the poorer sections and women to get employed in the Contractor’s activities. This is expected to accrue several benefits - the Contractor would gain from local wisdom and knowledge and nuances that need to be taken care of and the community would get access to gainful employment closer to home.

Overall, the project would improve quality of life of the surrounding villages in study area

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 178

10.7 Environment Management Cell

Figure 10-1: Environment Management Cell

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 179

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

11.1 Project Description

11.1.1 About The Client

11.1.2 The Rata Talab Bauxite Mine

11.1.3 Reserves

As in the ML mining operation is being done since 1976 working pit is available. Based on the geological data gathered from pit ore reserves were estimated in the ML.

In all 1779178 MT geological reserves of proved, probable & possible category has been calculated in approved mining plan.

Thus out of 1688278 MT of demonstrated reserved only reserves to the 1553278 MT were considered under mineable reserves. The recovery of bauxite was considered as 80% of ROM.

11.1.4 Category Wise reserves

Table 11-1: Category wise Reserves of Bauxite (MT) Proved Category Probable Category (Category Remaining resources Area (Category 111) (MT) 121) (MT) (MT) 110.07 Ha. 2181850 515500 430370

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 180

11.1.5 Details of Mining

The information presented in this section are taken from IBM approved mining scheme.

Method

The present method of mining is almost the same i.e. manual open cast mining as followed in other bauxite deposit. The bauxite horizon is present below a thin cover of soil which is a having a thickness 0.50 M & OB in north western part of 2.00M thick. The bauxite horizon is having thickness of 3.0m and thickness of soil cover is 0.5m.

In the proposed mining scheme, Mining will be carried out by semi mechanized open cast mining method with the induction of drilling and blasting.

Drilling and Blasting

11.1.6 Production of Bauxite Ore

The year wise details of volume of bauxite ore to be excavated and the production tonnage of considering the recovery percentage of plant grade bauxite are presented in below table.

Table 11-2: Year wise Production during five year Scheme Period Volume (m3) Production Production of High Recovery Waste of Low Grade Tonnage of Bauxite (10% of Grade Year Bauxite of ROM (90% of ROM) Bauxite OB ROM (MT) ROM) MT MT (MT) 90% 10% of of recovery recovery 2013-14 - 50000 110000 99000 11000 89100 9900 2014-15 3665 50000 110000 99000 11000 89100 9900 2015-16 5300 50000 110000 99000 11000 89100 9900 2016-17 26550 49800 109560 98604 10956 88744 9860 2017-18 33325 50010 110022 99020 11002 89818 9902 Total 68840 249810 549560 494624 54958 445862 49462

11.1.7 Production of Overburden (OB)

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 181

Table 11-3: Year wise OB and Waste Generation OB including Waste Volume Total insitu Volume Expanded volume Year Soil Vol. in M3 of waste in M3 of waste in M3 in M3 2013-14 - 5000 5000 6500 2014-15 3665 5000 8665 11265 2015-16 5300 5000 10300 13390 2016-17 26550 4980 31530 40989 2017-18 33325 5001 38325 49823 Total 68840 24980 93820 121967

11.1.8 Stacking of Mineral Rejects and Disposal of Waste

In the proposed mining scheme, backfilling of waste will be done side by side at the time of generation itself hence question of its height and spread does not arise. As volume of voids is much more than material available for backfilling, backfilling of the entire mined out land upto original ground level will not be possible. Therefore north part of mined out area will be backfilled upto original ground level and other part of the mined out area will be used as water reservoir.

Table 11-4: Details of Backfilling in North Western part Area Total Volume of Avg. Depth of proposed to Area to be Backfilling Year Mined out Backfilling be mined out Backfilled (m2) Material (m3) Voids (m3) (m) (m2) 2013-14 - - - - - 2014-15 - - - - - 2015-16 19400 19400 2640 14522 5.5 2016-17 9100 + 4200 50050 + 4200 6015 33085 5.5 2017-18 15520 68860 8286 45573 5.5 24620 + 23600 93180 TOTAL 142510 16941 5.5 (Pit Floor)

Table 11-5: Details of Backfilling in South eastern part Area proposed Volume of Total Avg. Depth of Area to be Year to be mined out Mined out Backfilling Backfilling Backfilled (m2) (m2) Voids (m3) Material (m3) (m) 2013-14 50000 50000 1857 6500 3.5 2014-15 29000 50000 6361 22265 3.5 2015-16 10600 35900 3105 10860 3.5 2016-17 7600 26600 2258 7904 3.5 2017-18 4150 14525 1234 4310 3.5 TOTAL 79000 (Pit Floor) 177025 14815 51839 3.5

Plantation

In the proposed mining scheme it is proposed to carry out afforestation on statutory barriers with the rate of ~50 saplings per year.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 182

Table 11-6: Year wise Plantation Details Year No. of Saplings Area (m2) 2013-14 50 250 2014-15 50 250 2015-16 50 250 2016-17 50 250 2017-18 50 250 Total 250 1250

11.1.9 Water and Wastewater Management

Source and Requirement

 For domestic use water will be supplied by the means of tankers from the nearby village.  For greenbelt development and dust suppression water stored in mined out pits will be used.

Water will be supplied by tanker for domestic use; water stored in old pits will be used for plantation and dust suppression. Total amount of water required is 32.75 KLD

Wastewater Generation and Disposal

There will not be any wastewater generation form the mining activities. The domestic waste will be soaked in the soak pits.

11.1.10 Mine Drainage

Ground Water

Strom Water

The rain water will get collected in the mined out pits and as a common practice is used by the mine owners for dust suppression and greenbelt development.

11.1.11 Air Emission

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 183

Point Source Emissions

There is no D.G Set installed for the process of mining. Hence, the marginal emissions of Suspended

Particulate Matter (SPM), Oxide of Sulphur (SO2), and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) will not occur from these sources.

Line Source Emissions

During movement of vehicles dust emissions will be generated and this has been considered in the modeling exercise.

Area Source Emissions

Area source emissions in the form of particulate matter (PM) are likely to occur due to:

 Open pits generated after mining operations, and  Stored piles of mined bauxite

11.1.12 Utilities Required

Key utilities required by OAL are discussed in subsequent paragraphs.

Electricity

The mine will work for eight hours i.e. general shift only. Diesel, ~3 lit/hr, will be used as fuel for running pump for dewatering in rainy season that too for some time.

Fuel Details

Diesel, ~3 lit/hr, will be used as fuel for running pump for dewatering in rainy season that too for some time.

11.2 Description of Environment

11.2.1 Study Area included in Environmental Setting

The study area is considered to be the mining leases area, and an additional area at a distance of 10 km all around the periphery of mining leases.

11.2.2 Long Term Meteorology

The climate in the region shows broadly four seasonal variations, namely:

Winter : December - February

Summer : March – Mid June

Monsoon : Mid-June - September

Post-monsoon : October - November

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 184

11.2.3 Study Period

The Environmental monitoring was carried out during the summer season of 2015 i.e. March, April, and May.

11.2.4 Ambient Air Quality

 Average readings indicate that, at all the stations PM10, SO2, and NOx are within the prescribed limits of CPCB for respective categories.

 Low concentrations of SO2 and NOx are reported at all locations.

11.2.5 Land Use

11.2.6 Noise Quality

Noise level during daytime and nighttime, in Industrial area was observed within the CPCB standards i.e. industrial area (75 dB A (d) & 70 dB A (n)).

11.2.7 Soil Quality

11.2.8 Geology

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 185

11.2.9 Hydrogeology

11.2.10 Water Quality

11.2.11 Biological Environment

Study area falling within 10 km radius (Buffer zone) from the mining site was predominantly dominated by three major habitat types such as agricultural land, waste land and forest land. The mining site is surrounded by few agriculture fields, the major crop practiced in this region are Cotton and Wheat. The cropping is mainly monsoon depended due to the absence of any irrigation facility. Study area falling within 10 km radius (Buffer zone) from the mining site was predominantly dominated by three major habitat types such as agricultural land, waste land and forest land. The mining site is surrounded by few agriculture fields, the major crop practiced in this region are Cotton and Wheat. The cropping is mainly monsoon depended due to the absence of any irrigation facility.

Totally 39 species of floral species observed in core zone. Amon this 12 species trees, 11 species shrubs and 16 species herbs listed in the study area

Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus) is included in schedule I of Wild life protection Act (1972), while many other birds are included in schedule IV.

Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja), and Common Rat Snake (Ptyas mucosus) were provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972).

None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic species category of the study area.

11.2.12 Social Profile

The Study area consists of 30 habitations in project study area. Total 3683 households are covering 17718 populations in the Study area. Out of the total population, male are 9025 (50.94%) and female population are 8693 (49.06%). It can be estimated that, in the study area, each household consist less than 5 persons. This information is extracted from the Census of India, 2011.

As per Corporate Social Responsibility Notification (Schedule VII, Company Act), the Company has earmarked Approx 16.50 Lakh Rs. for undertaking the CSR activities. An annual budget of INR ~3

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 186

Lakh per annum (till five year) for the same has been kept aside by OAl. CSR activities shall be done in surrounding villages of Project area.

11.3 Anticipated Environmental Impact and Mitigation measures.

11.3.1 Ambient Air

 Detailed average readings indicate at all air ambient station PM10, SO2 and NOX are within the prescribed limit of CPCB for respective categories.

 Low concentrations of SO2 and NOX are observed at all the locations.  In order to reduce the air pollution, it is proposed to develop greenbelt as suggested.

For pit source emission, the maximum 24 hours GLC within mine is estimated to be 9.34 µg/m3. This GLC is expected to occur at a distance of 200 m from the source towards the East within the site.

11.3.2 Land

The project site covers total 110.07 hectares of lease area. This shows that there will be change in land use/cover pattern typically from river land without scrub, muddy area, scrub, open, close, mining area, agricultural land classes within lease period to Mining area. Vegetation classes includes land covered by Acacia sp. and Prosopis juliflora species. Mining activity in years to come will be carried out to expand open pit i.e. existing Mining area. Muddy area is the part of water body present within the lease area. This shows that mining activity would have effect on basically close, open and scrub vegetation classes, agricultural land, and water body.

11.3.3 Noise

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise emission as the frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week

Mitigation Methods

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 187

 Use of noise barriers and total enclosures to block, redirect or reduce the flow of sound energy from all equipment including DG set and compressor before it reaches the receiver.

11.3.4 Soil

Impact on Soil Environment

 Top fertile soil layer will be removed to excavate bauxite.  Prosopis julifera plants will be uprooted, which have occupied entire area.  Dusting on field crops due to blasting and transportation.  Harvested rain water in mining pits may become saline/alkaline, which may deteriorate soil quality at site and/or adjoining area farmers, if they use for irrigation.

Mitigation Measures

11.3.5 Water

11.3.6 Ecology and Biodiversity

Proposed project activity is part of existing lease area which is reported with common floral and faunal species. Removal of these (flora) species will not have significant or permanent impact on the habitat structure of associated faunal diversity. Considering all ecological components, all impacts are expected “Less Severe” after scoring. However, strict implementation of EMP / mitigation measures are required to ensure that the biodiversity of the study area should not affected negatively.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 188

11.4 Environmental Monitoring Program S. No. Activity Schedule Air Pollution Monitoring Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by Once in every season at each station except 1 CPCB in their air consents from time to time within monsoon the mining lease area. Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by As per Common Consent and Authorization 2 GPCB in their air consents from time to time at (CCA) & Environmental Clearance conditions. stations outside mining lease area. Water Pollution Monitoring Monitoring of one sample of tube well and open 1 well at plant / nearby location. Parameters are Once in every season except monsoon. essential parameters as per IS: 10500:1991. Noise Quality Monitoring 1 Noise in the ambient atmosphere in mining lease Once in every season except monsoon Maintenance and service of mechanized 2 Regularly equipment and vehicles Soil Quality Monitoring 1 Soil at two locations Once in every year

11.5 Additional Studies

11.5.1 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

11.5.2 Hazard Identification

The identification of hazards has been done considering operations

11.5.3 Risk Assessment

On the basis of the above scoring format of DGMS, and after a perusal of the resultant scores, professional judgment was exercised in selecting the following scale for assessing risk levels:

 Level 1: > 15; i.e., requiring immediate action  Level 2: <15 but > 5; i.e., requiring management action  Level 3: < 5; i.e., low risks requiring periodic review

In some cases personnel are only exposed to the hazard for part of the time. Hence, the more detailed analysis of the risk ranking can be carried out by taking exposure (% time personnel are present) and probability (chance that they will be harmed) into consideration. Thus:

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 189

 Risk Score = (Probability x Exposure) x Consequence

11.5.4 Hazard Analysis

The hazards cover working at heights, slope and bench stability, mineral transport and force majeure conditions (rainfall & flooding). Risk level 1 and risk level 2 are taken into consideration.

11.5.5 Control and Action Plans

To ensure that causes leading to the possible consequences are prevented from occurring, control and action plans are developed and suggested and discussed in greater details in section 6.6.

11.5.6 Disaster Management Plan

 The DMP is supposed to be a dynamic, changing, document focusing on continual improvement of emergency response planning and arrangements. A structure working on a Plan, Do, Check & Review (PDCR) cycle has been therefore suggested.  The Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS) policies are to be made accessible to all at site and to other stakeholders.  Possible emergency situations can broadly be classified into unintended explosions, vehicle collision, and inundation.  Responsibilities, resources, and timeframes are allocated for implementing the objectives.  Assembly points, liaison with state authorities, task force of essential staff, emergency control center, fire fighting etc. are discussed.

Treatment of affected persons

 Injured / Affected persons shall be provided suitable first-aid treatment and sent to Co.'s Doctor for further treatment depending on injury.  Patients requiring further treatment shall be sent in Ambulances to Hospitals in Porbandar  Patients suffering from minor problems shall be discharged and sent home after preliminary treatment

Training

Regular training of all concerned personnel will be conducted to enable the Staff to face any type of Emergency be it Natural Disaster, Fire in Equipment, Building or any explosion in quarry.

DMP Audit, Non Conformance and Corrective Action and Preventive Action

Since this DMP has been designed as a dynamic document, it is required that its performance be audited at regular intervals. Ideally, persons auditing the DMP should be external auditors (i.e. not employed at the site being audited). Audits will be periodic, at intervals that are decided by the Head Office.

Review of Emergency Performance

On the basis of these, the management will record its decisions and consider modifying the DMP, as deemed appropriate.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 190

11.6 Project Benefits

There are various attractive commercial and social reasons which are responsible for the development of bauxite mining.

Therefore, mining will produce useful bauxite, generates wealth for the country, provide employment opportunity to local people and helps in increasing their living standards

11.7 Environment Management Plan

The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts, to instruct contractors and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of significant biophysical and socio-economic impacts identified in the EIA. The EMP covers the following:

Role of OAL and its contractors;  A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) will be prepared and implemented  The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;  The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 191

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 Brief resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam Environmental Consultants

Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘KEC’) was established in 1981 and has more than 30 years of varied experience in the field of environment. The mission of company is providing sustainable solutions on “Environment for Development”.

The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team comprises of environmental planners and engineers, chemical and civil engineers, geologists, socio- economic experts, microbiologists, zoologists, botanists and industrial/analytical chemists. The Company’s strength lies in project management, performing risk assessment, formulating environmental disaster plans, use of satellite Imagery in impact assessment, use of mathematical models for air, water and soil assessment and expertise in public consultation.

The company has three sister concerns namely:

4. Kadam Pollution Control Pvt. Ltd dealing in operation and maintenance contracts of sewage, effluent and water treatment plants, 5. Kadam Projects dealing in supply of Effluent and Sewage treatment plants on turnkey basis and 6. Kadam Enviro International Consultancy headquartered in UAE, offering Environmental and Safety Consultancy services in the Middle East Region.

Customer services are mainly categorized into:

 Consultancy Services ( since more than 20 years) in the field of Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Site Assessment and Due Diligence, Enviro Legal Services, Statutory Environmental Audits/Statements, Risk Assessments and HAZOP, Energy Audit, Environmental , Health and Safety Management Systems and Waste Management Systems.  Engineering Services ( Since almost 30 years) for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and executing effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste management systems, bio gas plants , rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine disposal systems.  Laboratory services (since more than 25 years) in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and Field sampling (we have amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipments amongst environmental companies in the country. The company has a well equipped laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff catering to the need of statutory and advisory environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and hazardous solid waste.

The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies covering the industrial and services spectrum viz. Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints, Chemicals, Oil & Gas, Real Estate, Hospitality and Infrastructure sectors. Whilst the heart of our clientle encompasses the top 50/Blue Chip Indian companies ( Reliance Industries, ONGC, Infosys, ITC, ICICI, Indian Oil, GAIL, ONGC/GSPL, Sun Pharma, NTPC, Reliance Energy/Reliance Power, Welspun and many others) who have placed implicit trust in us over the decades. We are increasingly working with several

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 192

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS multinationals (such as : ABB, Alstom, Areva, GM, Hindustan Lever, Honeywell, Kohler, Sabic and Tyco amongst others) who value our deep rooted general domain and India centric functional knowledge, reasonable costs and comparable services as those offered by our multi national competitors. Their continued patronage is our biggest testimonial.

The Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat and an overseas office in the UAE.

KEC has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality management System from BSI-MS.

The company is an accredited EIA Consultant Organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MoEF, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Clearance studies. It has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for undertaking Environmental and related studies in Twenty One approved sectors.

12.2 EIA Team Members

Work presented in this report is done by KEC with active co-operation from SMPL. KEC team members include.

Name of Team Activity / Area Involvement Member Team Member Assisting EIA Site visit, team member for EIA report writing and Coordinator its compilation, assiatance in Public Hearing Jayesh MaKwana Site Visit, Setting up Monitoring Locations, Met data AP & AQ Locations, coordination Site visit, collection of data, assistance in EIA Assisting EIA Coordinator report writing and its compilation, assistance in Mitali Khuman Public Hearing Coordinate with FAE EB to prepare FAE EB report, FAE (EB) A Category Compilation of Data, Collection of Secondary Data Study of maps, Collection of Secondary data, Ashish Pandey Socio Economic Team member for ground truth survey, & draft FAE Report writing. Site visit, sampling, preparation of FAE HG & GEO Mr. Neeraj Sharma AFAE (HG/GEO) report. Preparation of various maps like Land Use, water bodies map, project location, study area, baseline Mr. Viraj Vyas Drafts man sampling location, using AutoCAD. Assiting in calculating distance of water bodies from project site.

Ms. Arpana Patel Sr. Lab - Chemist Analysis of Field monitoring data.

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 193

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 194

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Copy of Lease Grant Order

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 195

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 196

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 197

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 198

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 199

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 200

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 201

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 202

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

Annexure 2: Copy of ToR Letter

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 203

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 204

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 205

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 206

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 207

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 208

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 209

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

Annexure 3: NABET, QCI Certificate of Accreditation of Consultants

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 210

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

Annexure 4: Production Data

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 211

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

Annexure 5: Copy of Inward Letter – Showing the submission of Case Papers, Board Resolution and Environmental Policy to the MoEF

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 212

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 213

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

Annexure 6: Copy of Environment Policy

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 214

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED GUJARAT ANNEXURES

Annexure 7: Long Term Climatological Table, 1961-90, Bhuj

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 215

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED GUJARAT ANNEXURES

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 216

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, DISTRICT KUTCH, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED GUJARAT

Annexure 8: Categorization of Talukas- CGWA

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 217

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

Annexure 9: Date wise Ambient Air Results

3 3 3 S.No Date of Sampling PM10 (µg/m ) SOx (µg/m ) NOx (µg/m ) Sampling Location 1 06-03-2015 Sanosara 65 8.9 10.2 2 07-03-2015 Sanosara 25 8.0 13.8 3 13-03-2015 Sanosara 24 8.5 10.1 4 18-03-2015 Sanosara 25 9.5 11.7 5 21-03-2015 Sanosara 29 15.4 10.6 7 27-03-2015 Sanosara 28 9.1 10.2 8 28-03-2015 Sanosara 33 12.6 10.8 1 02-04-2015 Sanosara 90 9.9 14.8 2 03-04-2015 Sanosara 98 10.7 15.6 3 08-04-2015 Sanosara 70 9.7 17.6 4 09-04-2015 Sanosara 33 8.9 17.6 5 14-04-2015 Sanosara 43 8.0 10.0 6 15-04-2015 Sanosara 71 9.7 18.8 7 20-04-2015 Sanosara 53 10.3 14.5 8 21-04-2015 Sanosara 56 8.6 19.3 9 26-04-2015 Sanosara 45 10.1 20.5 10 27-04-2015 Sanosara 38 8.2 12.6 11 02-05-2015 Sanosara 32 9.8 18.5 12 03-05-2015 Sanosara 42 8.2 14.9 13 08-05-2015 Sanosara 35 9.7 21.9 14 09-05-2015 Sanosara 73 8.4 16.8 15 15-05-2015 Sanosara 26 11.1 17.5 16 16-05-2015 Sanosara 43 13.68 10.0 17 23-05-2015 Sanosara 50 8.95 10.5 18 24-05-2015 Sanosara 25 11.23 10.2 19 29-05-2015 Sanosara 44 9.82 15.6 20 30-05-2015 Sanosara 31 10.61 11.2 1 06-03-2015 Kanday 46 8.4 11.8 2 07-03-2015 Kanday 83 12.9 19.6 3 13-03-2015 Kanday 35 9.5 13.1 4 14-03-2015 Kanday 82 11.6 13.9 5 21-03-2015 Kanday 43 13.7 22.6 6 27-03-2015 Kanday 44 12.6 20.3 7 28-03-2015 Kanday 39 13.0 21.1 8 02-04-2015 Kanday 82 8.4 15.1 9 03-04-2015 Kanday 79 11.1 19.6 10 08-04-2015 Kanday 41 8.6 16.9 11 09-04-2015 Kanday 82 10.2 12.9 12 14-04-2015 Kanday 51 11.0 21.4 13 15-04-2015 Kanday 44 9.0 19.1 14 20-04-2015 Kanday 39 8.6 21.1 15 21-04-2015 Kanday 33 10.7 15.3 16 26-04-2015 Kanday 51 11.6 19.2 17 27-04-2015 Kanday 83 9.1 23.3 18 02-05-2015 Kanday 35 9.6 17.9

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 218

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

3 3 3 S.No Date of Sampling PM10 (µg/m ) SOx (µg/m ) NOx (µg/m ) Sampling Location 19 04-05-2015 Kanday 50 10.9 15.2 20 08-05-2015 Kanday 74 8.4 19.5 21 09-05-2015 Kanday 51 9.1 16.1 22 15-05-2015 Kanday 56 11.3 10.3 23 16-05-2015 Kanday 36 11.7 29.2 24 23-05-2015 Kanday 51 8.3 13.2 25 24-05-2015 Kanday 44 9.8 10.6 26 29-05-2015 Kanday 44 11.6 18.3 27 30-05-2015 Kanday 36 8.9 10.9 1 01-03-2015 Rata Talav 56 8.6 12.2 2 02-03-2015 Rata Talav 78 19.4 24.6 3 11-03-2015 Rata Talav 92 11.3 14.6 4 12-03-2015 Rata Talav 97 8.0 12.9 5 18-03-2015 Rata Talav 59 22.7 28.7 6 19-03-2015 Rata Talav 65 24.5 33.7 7 25-03-2015 Rata Talav 72 8.1 18.6 8 26-03-2015 Rata Talav 75 10.3 14.7 9 04-04-2015 Rata Talav 89 10.7 15.2 10 05-04-2015 Rata Talav 88 11.7 16.3 11 10-04-2015 Rata Talav 83 9.3 12.0 12 11-04-2015 Rata Talav 96 9.2 19.1 13 16-04-2015 Rata Talav 37 9.1 19.6 14 17-04-2015 Rata Talav 61 9.0 19.9 15 22-04-2015 Rata Talav 75 8.1 18.6 16 23-04-2015 Rata Talav 75 10.3 14.7 17 28-04-2015 Rata Talav 97 9.3 11.8 18 29-04-2015 Rata Talav 41 8.7 21.3 19 04-05-2015 Rata Talav 99 9.2 17.8 20 05-05-2015 Rata Talav 35 8.9 17.7 21 10/05/02015 Rata Talav 60 8.5 15.9 22 11-05-2015 Rata Talav 39 8.9 18.2 23 12-05-2015 Rata Talav 94 9.5 19.7 24 17-05-2015 Rata Talav 31 8.3 10.5 25 18-05-2015 Rata Talav 43 9.6 11.9 26 25-05-2015 Rata Talav 53 8.0 16.5 27 30-07-1903 Rata Talav 35 9.9 15.6 28 31-05-2015 Rata Talav 55 8.2 10.2 1 04-03-2015 Bhimpar 46 11.8 19.0 2 09-03-2015 Bhimpar 78 8.1 16.0 3 10-03-2015 Bhimpar 60 11.9 10.0 4 16-03-2015 Bhimpar 56 8.3 19.5 5 17-03-2015 Bhimpar 64 8.7 15.9 6 23-03-2015 Bhimpar 61 9.8 31.8 7 24-03-2015 Bhimpar 33 10.7 20.2 8 06-04-2015 Bhimpar 46 11.8 19.0 9 07-04-2015 Bhimpar 64 8.1 16.0 10 12-04-2015 Bhimpar 64 9.9 15.5

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 219

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

3 3 3 S.No Date of Sampling PM10 (µg/m ) SOx (µg/m ) NOx (µg/m ) Sampling Location 11 13-04-2015 Bhimpar 72 8.3 19.5 12 18-04-2015 Bhimpar 64 8.7 15.9 13 19-04-2015 Bhimpar 61 9.8 31.8 14 24-04-2015 Bhimpar 33 10.7 20.2 15 25-04-2015 Bhimpar 47 8.6 20.4 16 30-04-2015 Bhimpar 35 8.0 12.9 17 01-05-2015 Bhimpar 46 10.6 17.2 18 06-05-2015 Bhimpar 61 8.5 21.4 19 07-05-2015 Bhimpar 59 10.2 16.9 20 13-05-2015 Bhimpar 68 9.8 17.4 21 14-05-2015 Bhimpar 64 9.6 20.2 22 19-05-2015 Bhimpar 73 10.1 16.3 23 20-05-2015 Bhimpar 48 8.0 12.1 24 27-05-2015 Bhimpar 67 9.5 13.7 25 28-05-2015 Bhimpar 43 15.7 12.2 1 04-03-2015 Balachod Moti25 13.8 10.2 2 09-03-2015 Balachod Moti55 10.7 11.5 3 10-03-2015 Balachod Moti37 12.8 10.0 4 16-03-2015 Balachod Moti43 44.2 14.5 5 17-03-2015 Balachod Moti56 12.3 16.0 6 23-03-2015 Balachod Moti63 12.8 19.0 7 24-03-2015 Balachod Moti76 11.8 18.8 8 06-04-2015 Balachod Moti42 9.5 17.0 9 07-04-2015 Balachod Moti84 9.8 17.5 10 12-04-2015 Balachod Moti49 10.0 15.9 11 13-04-2015 Balachod Moti51 8.1 17.2 12 18-04-2015 Balachod Moti61 10.8 17.7 13 19-04-2015 Balachod Moti63 12.8 19.0 14 24-04-2015 Balachod Moti76 11.8 18.8 15 25-04-2015 Balachod Moti87 8.5 20.9 16 30-04-2015 Balachod Moti30 8.0 19.2 17 01-05-2015 Balachod Moti42 11.6 20.6 18 06-05-2015 Balachod Moti39 9.2 15.3 19 07-05-2015 Balachod Moti37 8.7 14.5 20 13-05-2015 Balachod Moti52 8.2 15.6 21 14-05-2015 Balachod Moti76 13.7 21.4 22 20-05-2015 Balachod Moti43 20.6 14.9 23 21-05-2015 Balachod Moti39 10.3 11.1 24 27-05-2015 Balachod Moti43 11.7 12.5 25 28-05-2015 Balachod Moti31 10.8 14.5 1 01-03-2015 Mothala 87 18.9 21.3 2 02-03-2015 Mothala 80 20.6 35.5 3 11-03-2015 Mothala 75 19.2 24.0 4 12-03-2015 Mothala 51 26.5 25.7 5 18-03-2015 Mothala 34 11.3 11.0 6 19-03-2015 Mothala 37 12.5 15.5 7 25-03-2015 Mothala 85 17.2 23.1

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 220

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

3 3 3 S.No Date of Sampling PM10 (µg/m ) SOx (µg/m ) NOx (µg/m ) Sampling Location 8 26-03-2015 Mothala 95 11.9 14.3 9 04-04-2015 Mothala 87 8.2 20.0 10 05-04-2015 Mothala 48 11.0 16.5 11 10-04-2015 Mothala 76 12.3 16.9 12 11-04-2015 Mothala 48 11.2 15.4 13 16-04-2015 Mothala 40 20.8 20.2 14 17-04-2015 Mothala 37 12.5 15.5 15 22-04-2015 Mothala 85 17.2 23.1 16 23-04-2015 Mothala 95 11.9 14.3 17 28-04-2015 Mothala 40 12.5 21.1 18 29-04-2015 Mothala 79 10.8 20.7 19 04-05-2015 Mothala 30 8.2 15.6 20 05-05-2015 Mothala 36 8.2 16.0 21 10-05-2015 Mothala 48 11.5 18.7 22 11-05-2015 Mothala 60 11.9 14.2 23 17-05-2015 Mothala 48 19.8 10.6 24 18-05-2015 Mothala 70 14.4 11.6 25 25-05-2015 Mothala 35 15.1 17.5 26 26-05-2015 Mothala 44 19.1 14.9

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 221

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

Annexure 10: Topo Sheet

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 222

EIA/EMP OF MINING OF 110022 TPA BAUXITE ROM IN LEASE AREA 110.07 HA AT SURVEY NO. 275/P, MOTA BALACHOD VILLAGE, ABDASA TALUKA, M/S. ORIENT ABRASIVES LIMITED DISTRICT KUTCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES

Annexure 11: Mining Plan and Plates

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2015 223

Kadam Environmental Consultants www.kadamenviro.com

Environment f or Development

CONTACT DETAILS Vadodara (Head Office) 871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010. E: [email protected]; T:+91-265-3001000; F: +91-265-3001069 Delhi / NCR A-48,3rd Floor, New Krishna Park, Vikaspuri, New Delhi, India - 110018 E: [email protected]; T/F : 011-25512216; M:+91-98998-04300 Ahmedabad B-701, Prestige Towers, Judges Bungalow Road, Bodakdev, Ahmedabad, India - 380054 E: [email protected]; M: +91-98250-00663